WO2005080547A1 - Patterning substrate for cell culture - Google Patents

Patterning substrate for cell culture Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005080547A1
WO2005080547A1 PCT/JP2005/002608 JP2005002608W WO2005080547A1 WO 2005080547 A1 WO2005080547 A1 WO 2005080547A1 JP 2005002608 W JP2005002608 W JP 2005002608W WO 2005080547 A1 WO2005080547 A1 WO 2005080547A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
cell adhesion
photocatalyst
cells
layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2005/002608
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Hideyuki Miyake
Hideshi Hattori
Hironori Kobayashi
Hidetsugu Tazawa
Original Assignee
Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. filed Critical Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd.
Priority to US10/589,376 priority Critical patent/US20070148762A1/en
Publication of WO2005080547A1 publication Critical patent/WO2005080547A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12MAPPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
    • C12M3/00Tissue, human, animal or plant cell, or virus culture apparatus
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/0068General culture methods using substrates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2535/00Supports or coatings for cell culture characterised by topography
    • C12N2535/10Patterned coating

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern culturing substrate used for culturing cells such as blood vessels.
  • Some cells particularly many animal cells, have an adhesion dependency of growing by adhering to something, and cannot survive for a long period of time in a floating state outside a living body. Cultivation of cells having such adhesion dependence requires a carrier for the cells to adhere to the cells. Generally, a plastic-made cell on which a cell adhesion protein such as collagen fibronectin is uniformly applied is generally used. A culture dish is used. These cell adhesion proteins are known to act on cultured cells, facilitating cell adhesion and affecting cell morphology.
  • a technique for arranging cultured cells is to use a substrate having a patterned surface with different ease of adhesion to the cells, cultivate the cells on this surface, and allow the cells to adhere.
  • a method is used in which cells are arranged by adhering the cells only to the processed surface.
  • Patent Document 1 a charge holding medium having an electrostatic charge pattern formed thereon is applied to cell culture for the purpose of, for example, growing nerve cells in a circuit form. Further, Patent Document 2 attempts to arrange cultured cells on a surface obtained by patterning a non-cell-adhesive or cell-adhesive photosensitive hydrophilic polymer by a photolithography method.
  • Patent Document 3 describes a cell culture substrate on which a substance such as collagen which affects cell adhesion rate and morphology is patterned, and a method for producing the substrate by photolithography. Has been disclosed. By culturing the cells on such a base material, more cells can be adhered to the surface on which collagen or the like is put on, thereby realizing the cell patterning.
  • Non-Patent Document 1 It is shown in Non-Patent Document 1 and the like that it propagates to the central part of the cell culture pattern. However, if the area of this cell culture pattern is increased, the morphological change of the cells is difficult to be transmitted to the central part, and the central part is not susceptible to the morphological change of the cells. was there. Furthermore, when cells are seeded and adhered to a substrate in this way, there is a problem that it takes time to adhere the cells.
  • Patent Document 1 JP-A-2-245181
  • Patent Document 2 JP-A-3-7576
  • Patent Document 3 JP-A-5-176753
  • Non-patent literature 1 Spargo et al., Proceedings of tne National Academy of sciences of the United States of America (1994) p.11070—
  • the present invention provides a cell culture butterfly comprising a base material, a cell culture region formed on the base material and culturing cells, and a cell culture region containing a cell adhesive layer having adhesive properties to cells.
  • the cell culture region has a cell adhesion portion on which the cell adhesion layer is formed, and a cell adhesion auxiliary portion formed in a pattern and inhibiting adhesion to cells.
  • the cells are attached to the cell adhesion part, the cells on the two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the cell adhesion part are formed so that they can be bonded on the cell adhesion part.
  • a puttering substrate for cell culture which is characterized in that:
  • the cell since a cell adhesion auxiliary portion is formed in the cell culture region, when a cell adheres to the cell adhesion portion, the cell can be activated. Cells can be cultured efficiently and in a short time.
  • Boundary region force The number of cells that can be stimulated can be increased. As a result, the arrangement of cells can be improved, and the morphology of the cells can be uniformly changed.
  • the cell adhesion assisting portion is formed so as not to inhibit the binding between the cells attached to the adjacent cell adhesion portions, As a result, cells in the entire cell culture region can be finally combined, and the obtained tissue and the like can be made large.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary portion may be formed in a line in the cell culture region. In this case, there is an advantage that the design when forming the cell culture region is facilitated, and the cells are easily arranged regularly when the cells are attached.
  • the boundary between the cell adhesion auxiliary part and the cell adhesion part may be formed in a pattern having a concave and convex shape.
  • the stimulation that the cells sense from the boundary region increases, and the cells can be arranged in a more aligned manner.
  • the adhesion of the cells to the cell adhesion portion can be activated, the cells can be efficiently and quickly placed on the substrate. Can be used as a cell culture puttering substrate.
  • the present invention provides a cell culture comprising a substrate, and a cell culture region formed on the substrate and culturing cells, the cell culture region comprising a cell adhesion layer having adhesiveness to cells.
  • the cell adhesion layer is provided with a patterning substrate for cell culture, wherein the end portion is formed in a pattern having irregularities.
  • the end of the cell adhesive layer is formed in a pattern having irregularities, when the cells are attached to the cell adhesive layer, the stimulus that the cells sense from the boundary region is not affected. As the number of cells increases, the cells can be more aligned and arranged along the edge of the cell adhesion layer.
  • the adhesiveness of the cells to the cell adhesion portion can be made active, a cell culture pattern-junging substrate capable of efficiently adhering cells to the substrate in a short time can be obtained.
  • the distance between the concave end force of the irregularities and the convex end is such that the cells are linearly aligned when the cells are adhered to the cell adhesion layer. Is preferred. This is because by setting the size of the irregularities to such a value, cells can be favorably arranged.
  • the average of the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the unevenness is preferably in the range of 0.5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the cell when a cell is adhered to a cell adhesion portion, the cell can be activated, and the cell can be efficiently cultured in a short time in a wide area. It can be used as a patterning substrate for culture. Also, at this time, there is an effect that the arrangement of the cells can be improved and the morphological change of the cells can be uniformly performed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of a cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a process chart showing an example of a method for forming a cell adhesion assisting portion in a cell culture putter-jung substrate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of a photocatalyst-containing layer side substrate used in the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing one example of a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a process chart showing another example of the method for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary portion in the putter substrate for cell culture of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a process chart showing an example of a method for forming a cell adhesive layer on the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention. Explanation of symbols
  • the present invention relates to a patterning substrate for cell culture used for cell culture, and the puttering substrate for cell culture of the present invention has two embodiments. Hereinafter, each embodiment will be described.
  • a first embodiment of the putter substrate for cell culture according to the present invention comprises a base material, a cell-adhesion layer formed on the base material, for culturing cells, and having an adhesive property to cells.
  • a cell culture putter substrate having a cell culture region, The cell culture region has a cell adhesion portion on which the cell adhesion layer is formed, and a cell adhesion auxiliary portion formed in a pattern and inhibiting adhesion to cells.
  • the putter substrate for cell culture has a substrate 1 and a cell culture region 2 formed on the substrate 1 as shown in FIG. 1, for example.
  • the culturing region 2 has a cell adhesion portion 3 having an adhesive property to the cell on which the cell adhesion layer is formed, and a cell adhesion assisting portion 4 for inhibiting adhesion to the cell.
  • the cells are cultured by attaching cells to a cell culture region to form a tissue, the cells are gradually arranged from the outside to the inside of the cell culture region.
  • tissue formation it is necessary that individual cells undergo morphological changes and be arranged, and the morphological changes of these cells are also made gradually from the end to the center of the cell culture region. is there.
  • a cell adhesion assisting portion is formed in the cell culture region.
  • FIG. Will be cultured. That is, the arrangement of the cells and the morphological change of the cells can be caused from the boundary between the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 and the cell adhesion part 3, and the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 is not formed as compared with the case where the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 is not formed.
  • a boundary region can also be provided inside the cell culture region 2. Therefore, the cells adhered to the cell culture region 2 can be stimulated at the boundary between the cell adhesion portion 3 existing inside the cell culture region 2 and the cell adhesion auxiliary portion 4.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary portion is formed so that cells adhering to two adjacent cell adhesion layers can be bonded to each other on the cell adhesion auxiliary portion.
  • the cells adhered to the cell adhesion part 3 in the area a and the cells adhered to the cell adhesion part 3 in the area b can be bonded on the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4.
  • a cell adhesion assistant 4 is formed. As a result, the cells can be finally cultured in the same area as when the cells are cultured on the entire surface of the cell culture region 2.
  • the cell adhesion assisting portion formed in the cell culture region exhibits the same effect as such a defect, and the cells are activated. Can be adhered to the substrate.
  • the cell culture region according to the present embodiment is a region formed for culturing cells, and includes a cell adhesion portion having a cell adhesion layer having an adhesive property to cells, a cell adhesion portion formed in a pattern, and a cell adhesion region. And a cell adhesion assisting portion that inhibits adhesion.
  • the cell culture region may be formed on a part of the substrate 1 as shown in FIG. 1, for example, or the entire surface of the substrate may be a cell culture region.
  • regions other than the cell culture region on the substrate 1 inhibit adhesion to cells. This is a non-cultured area.
  • the number of cell culture regions formed on one substrate is not limited to one.For example, as shown in FIG. May be formed plurally. Also in this case, the area other than each cell culture area on the substrate 1 is the above-mentioned cell non-culture area.
  • the force usually is different also depending on the size and type of yarn ⁇ of interest, the size of one cell culture area, 0. 05mm 2 - 8000mm 2, among others 0. 1 mm 2 - It is in the range of 10 mm 2.
  • a cell adhesion auxiliary portion is formed in a pattern in the cell adhesion portion.
  • the leverage cell adhesion auxiliary part is formed so that cells attached to two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the cell adhesion auxiliary part can be bonded on the cell adhesion auxiliary part, and There is no particular limitation as long as the cells adhered on the cell adhesion layer are regularly arranged and are formed so that the cell morphological change is uniformly generated.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 may be formed in a line in the cell culture region 2, or as shown in FIG. 3, for example, the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 may be formed in the cell culture region 2. Is randomly formed.
  • the width of the cell adhesion assisting portion varies depending on the type and size of the cells to be cultured, etc., but is usually within a range of 0.5 m to 10 m, especially 1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m. It is preferred that If the width is wider than the above range, it becomes difficult for the cells attached to the two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the cell adhesion part to interact with each other on the cell adhesion part.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary part which makes it difficult to obtain a pattern of such a size in a fine pattern by the Patterjung technique described below, has an influence on the arrangement property and morphological change as described above. It is difficult to exert.
  • the width of the cell-adhesive portion sandwiched between the cell-adhesion assisting portions (for example, the distance indicated by X in FIG. 1), or the width of the cell-adhesive portion sandwiched between the cell-adhesive assisting portion and the non-cell culture region
  • the width (for example, the distance represented by y in Fig. 1) is appropriately selected depending on the size and type of cells to be cultured, the type of target tissue, and the like. Normally, 1 ⁇ m to 200 m, especially 40 / zm-80 / zm is preferable. Thereby, the cells adhered to the cell adhesion portion can be regularly arranged, and a morphological change can be satisfactorily formed to form a tissue.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary portion is formed in a line shape.
  • Line shape means cell adhesion
  • the auxiliary part is formed in a straight line.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 is formed continuously, for example, the cell adhesion auxiliary part is formed in a broken line. This includes cases in which it is performed.
  • the cell adhesion assisting portion is formed in a line in one direction.
  • the cell adhesion assisting portion 4 is formed in a line in a plurality of directions. Shall be included.
  • the boundary between the cell adhesion part and the cell adhesion auxiliary part may be formed in a pattern having irregularities. This is because, by arranging the cells along the pattern having such irregularities, the cells can be arranged more regularly. In this case, there is also an advantage that the attached cells are activated more and the cells can be efficiently cultured.
  • the pattern having irregularities is not particularly limited as long as the pattern allows cells to be regularly arranged.For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the boundary with the adhesion auxiliary portion 4 may have a rectangular irregularity, or may have a corrugated irregularity.
  • the cell adhesion assisting portion and the cell adhesion portion are not separated.
  • the boundary may be formed in a pattern having irregularities. Even in such a case, it is a force that can achieve the same effect.
  • the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the unevenness is such that the cells are linearly aligned when the cells are attached to the cell adhesive layer.
  • the average size of the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the irregularities is 0.5 / ⁇ -30 /, which is appropriately selected depending on the shape of the cells to be cultured. ⁇ , particularly preferably in the range of 1 m ⁇ 5 / zm.
  • the average measurement of the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the pattern having irregularities is determined by measuring the distance between the cell adhesion part and the cell adhesion auxiliary part in the range of 200 ⁇ m at the bottom force of each irregularity to the top part. Is measured and the average is taken as the calculated value.
  • the cell adhesion portion in the present embodiment is an area where a cell adhesion layer having adhesiveness to cells is formed on a substrate in a cell culture area.
  • the cell adhesive layer is not particularly limited as long as it has an adhesive property to cells, and a layer having an adhesive property to cells used for a general patterning substrate for cell culture can be used.
  • a cell adhesive portion can be formed.
  • a cell adhesive layer-forming coating containing a material having an adhesive property to cells can be obtained.
  • the coating solution for forming a cell adhesion layer may be formed on the entire surface of the cell culture region, and the cell adhesion portion may be formed by a photolithography method or the like.
  • the cell adhesive layer contains a cell adhesive material that has adhesiveness to cells and is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying irradiation with energy.
  • the pattern adhesion can be performed to form a cell adhesion portion.
  • the cell adhesion material is decomposed or degraded by the action of the photocatalyst by irradiating energy in a pattern forming the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • the cell adhesion layer used in the present embodiment has a cell adhesion inhibitory property and has a cell adhesion inhibitory material that is degraded by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • the above-mentioned cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed or denatured and formed to have adhesiveness to cells.
  • adhesion to cells is inhibited except for the area that has been irradiated with energy and becomes the cell adhesion part. Since it is an area to be used, it can be used as a cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing such a cell adhesion-inhibiting material, the method for forming the cell adhesion layer at that time, and the like will be described later in detail.
  • the cell adhesion assisting portion in this embodiment is formed in a pattern in the cell culture region and inhibits adhesion to cells.
  • the cell adhesion assisting portion is There is no particular limitation as long as the cells on the two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the adhesion auxiliary part are formed so as to be bonded on the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • the cell adhesion assisting portion in this embodiment may be, for example, a region where the base material is exposed, which will be described later, or may be a commonly used cell adhesion inhibiting layer or the like that inhibits adhesion to cells. May be formed.
  • Examples of the method for forming the cell adhesion inhibiting layer include a general printing method, a photolithography method, and a patterning method utilizing the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. The patterning method using the action of the photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation will be described later in the description of the cell adhesion layer using the cell adhesion inhibition layer having the cell adhesion inhibition material. The description here is omitted.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary part is It may be a region where a decomposed or denatured material of the material remains or the like! / ⁇ .
  • the method of forming the cell adhesion assisting portion in this case will be described together with the description of the cell adhesion layer containing the cell adhesion material which is decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. Omitted.
  • the substrate used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it can form the above-described cell culture region.
  • examples thereof include inorganic materials such as metal, glass, and silicon, and plastics. Organic materials and the like can be used.
  • the flexibility and transparency of the substrate are appropriately selected depending on the type and use of the patterning substrate for cell culture.
  • the region other than the cell culture region on the substrate is a cell non-culture region without culturing cells, adhesion to cells is inhibited.
  • a layer or the like that inhibits adhesion to cells may be formed in a non-cultured cell region other than the above-mentioned cell culture region.
  • the cell culture puttering substrate of the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the cell culture region is formed on the above-described base material. It may be formed, something.
  • the cell adhesion layer used for the cell culture region of the cell culture puttering substrate of the present embodiment contains (1) a cell adhesion material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • a cell adhesion-inhibiting material that has a cell adhesion-inhibiting property of inhibiting cell adhesion and is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. It may be formed by decomposing or denaturing a cell adhesion inhibiting material by irradiating energy after forming a cell adhesion inhibiting layer to be contained.
  • the cell adhesive layer contains a cell adhesive material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • Examples of the cell adhesion layer containing such a cell adhesion material include the following three embodiments.
  • the cell adhesion layer is a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer containing a photocatalyst and a cell adhesion material, and when the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer is irradiated with energy, the photocatalyst-containing cell This is the case where the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst contained in the adhesive layer itself.
  • a cell adhesion layer containing at least a cell adhesion material is formed on a photocatalyst treatment layer containing at least a photocatalyst, and when the cell adhesion layer is irradiated with energy, This is the case when the cell adhesive material in the layer is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the adjacent photocatalyst treatment layer.
  • At least a cell adhesion layer containing a cell adhesion material is formed on a base material, and at the time of energy irradiation, at least a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst is referred to as a cell adhesion layer.
  • a cell adhesion layer This is the case where the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the opposing photocatalyst-containing layer by irradiating the energy with facing the energy.
  • the cell adhesion layer is a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer containing a photocatalyst and a cell adhesion material, and when the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer is irradiated with energy, the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer itself is removed.
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer containing a photocatalyst and a cell adhesion material
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer contains the photocatalyst and the above-mentioned cell adhesive material
  • the action of the photocatalyst is improved.
  • the region irradiated with energy can be used as a cell adhesion assisting portion to which cells do not adhere.
  • the cell adhesive material remains in the area where the energy has not been irradiated, a cell adhesive portion having good adhesion to cells can be formed. Therefore, by irradiating energy in a pattern without special devices or complicated steps, it is possible to easily form a cell adhesion auxiliary part in the cell adhesion part that inhibits adhesion to cells. Becomes possible.
  • a coating solution for forming a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer containing a photocatalyst and a cell adhesive material that is decomposed or modified by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation is applied. It can be performed by the following.
  • the coating solution for forming the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer can be applied by a general coating method, for example, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a roll coating method, a bead coating method, or the like. Can be used.
  • the film thickness of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer is a force which is appropriately selected depending on the type of the cell culture patterning substrate and the like, and is usually about 0.1 Ol / zm—l.O / zm, Above all, a force of about 0.1 ⁇ m-0.3 ⁇ m can be achieved.
  • the type of the cell adhesive material contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer of this embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it has adhesiveness to cells and is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. Not something.
  • having an adhesive property with a cell means that the cell adheres well to the cell, and when the adhesive property with the cell varies depending on the type of the cell, etc., it adheres well to a target cell. That means.
  • the cell adhesive material used in the present embodiment has such adhesion to cells, and is degraded or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, and has adhesion to cells. Those that disappear or those that change to those having cell adhesion inhibitory properties that inhibit adhesion to cells are used.
  • the material having an adhesive property to cells as described above includes a material having an adhesive property to cells due to physical properties and a material having an adhesive property to cells due to biochemical properties. There are two types; ⁇ .
  • Physically determinant factors that determine the adhesiveness between cells and a material having adhesiveness to cells based on physicochemical properties include surface free energy and electrostatic interaction. For example, when the adhesiveness to cells is determined by the surface free energy of the material, if the material has a surface free energy within a predetermined range, the adhesiveness between the cells and the material becomes good, and if the material falls outside the range, the material has good surface free energy. Adhesion between the cells and the material will be reduced. As the change in cell adhesiveness due to such surface free energy, for example, the experimental results shown in the lower part of Yoshinobu Raft, supervised by CMC Publishing Noo Materials, p. 109, are known.
  • Materials having adhesive properties to cells due to such factors include, for example, Examples include hydrophilized polystyrene and poly (N-isopropylacrylamide).
  • the surface free energy changes due to, for example, substitution or decomposition of a functional group on the surface of the material due to the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, and adhesion to cells. It may be one having no property, or one having cell adhesion inhibitory property.
  • the adhesiveness between the cell and the material is determined by the electrostatic interaction or the like
  • the adhesiveness to the cell is determined by, for example, the amount of the positive charge of the material.
  • the material having an adhesive property to cells by such an electrostatic interaction include basic polymers such as polylysine, aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane. And condensates containing them.
  • the above-mentioned material is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, for example, the amount of positive charges present on the surface can be changed, and the adhesion to cells can be improved. Having no, or having cell adhesion inhibitory properties.
  • Examples of the material having adhesive properties to cells due to its biological properties include those having good adhesive properties with specific cells, those having good adhesive properties with many cells, and the like.
  • Examples include fibronectin, laminin, tenascin, vitronectin, a peptide containing an RGD (arginine-glycine-aspartate) sequence, a peptide containing a YIGSR (tyrosine isoleucine glycine-serine arginine) sequence, collagen, atelocollagen, gelatin and the like.
  • Such a cell adhesive material varies depending on the kind of the above-mentioned material and the like, but is usually 0.01% to 95% by weight, especially 1% to 10% by weight in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer. % Is preferably contained. Thereby, the region containing the cell adhesive material can be a region having good adhesion to cells.
  • the photocatalyst used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it can decompose or modify the above-mentioned cell adhesive material by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • the action mechanism of a photocatalyst represented by titanium oxide as described later is not necessarily clear, but it is possible to directly react with a compound near the carrier force generated by light irradiation, or It is thought that active oxygen species generated in the presence of oxygen, water, and water change the chemical structure of organic matter. In this embodiment, it is considered that this carrier has an effect on the above-mentioned cell adhesion material.
  • titanium dioxide TiO 2
  • zinc oxide ZnO
  • tin oxide SnO 2
  • strontium titanate S
  • titanium dioxide is particularly preferably used because it has a high band gap energy, is chemically stable, is toxic, and is easily available. Titanium dioxide has an anatase type and a rutile type, and any of them can be used in the present embodiment. However, an anatase type titanium dioxide is preferred.
  • anatase-type titanium dioxide examples include, for example, anatase-type titania sol of peptized hydrochloric acid (STS-02 (average particle size: 7 nm) manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) and ST-K01 manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. ), Nitrate peptized anatase-type titazole (TA-15 (average particle size: 12 nm) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the like.
  • STS-02 average particle size: 7 nm
  • ST-K01 manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.
  • TA-15 Nitrate peptized anatase-type titazole manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • the content of the photocatalyst in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer of this embodiment can be set in the range of 5 to 95% by weight, preferably 10 to 60% by weight, and more preferably 20 to 40% by weight. Wear.
  • the cell adhesive material in the energy-irradiated region of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer is removed. This is because it can be decomposed or denatured.
  • the photocatalyst used in the present embodiment has low adhesiveness to cells, for example, by having high hydrophilicity. This makes it possible to use the region where the photocatalyst is exposed due to the decomposition of the cell adhesive material or the like as the region having low adhesion to cells.
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer may contain, for example, a binder or the like that improves the strength, resistance, or the like, if necessary, in addition to the cell adhesive material and the photocatalyst alone.
  • a material having a cell adhesion-inhibiting property of inhibiting adhesion to cells at least after energy irradiation is used as the binder.
  • a material having the above-described cell adhesion inhibitory property before the energy irradiation may be made to have the cell adhesion inhibitory property by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. You may.
  • a material that has cell adhesion inhibitory property particularly by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation it is preferable to use, as a binder, a material that has cell adhesion inhibitory property particularly by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • an organic substituent whose main skeleton has a high binding energy that is not decomposed by the photoexcitation of the photocatalyst and that is decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst is used.
  • an organopolysiloxane which exerts large strength by hydrolyzing or polycondensing a black hole or alkoxysilane by a sol-gel reaction or the like, (2) water repellency, oil repellency And organopolysiloxanes obtained by cross-linking reactive silicones having excellent properties.
  • Y is an alkyl group, fluoroalkyl group, butyl group, amino group, phenol group or epoxy group, or an organic group containing them, and X represents an alkoxyl group, an acetyl group or a halogen.
  • is an integer from 0 to 3.
  • the organopolysiloxane is one or more hydrolytic condensates or cohydrolytic condensates of the silicon compound represented by
  • the carbon number of the organic group represented by ⁇ is preferably in the range of 120.
  • Alkoxy group represented by X is a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group. Preferably, there is.
  • Examples of the reactive silicone of the above (2) include compounds having a skeleton represented by the following general formula.
  • n is an integer of 2 or more
  • R 1 and R 2 are each a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkaryl, aryl, or cyanoalkyl group having a carbon number of 120, and the whole is a molar ratio. Less than 40% of these are bulls, phenols and halogenated phenols.
  • RR 2 is a methyl group
  • the surface energy is minimized, so that the methyl group is preferably 60% or more at a preferable molar ratio.
  • the chain terminal or the side chain has at least one or more reactive group such as a hydroxyl group in the molecular chain.
  • the surface of the region irradiated with the energy can be made highly hydrophilic by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. Thereby, the adhesion to the cells is inhibited, and the cells do not adhere to the energy-irradiated region.
  • the contact angle with water before irradiation with energy is in the range of 15 ° to 120 °, especially 20 ° to 100 °. Is preferred. This makes it possible to improve the adhesion to cells. It is.
  • the material when energy is applied to the material having the cell adhesion inhibiting property, the material preferably has a contact angle with water of 10 ° or less.
  • a contact angle with water 10 ° or less.
  • the contact angle with water here is measured using a contact angle measuring instrument (CA-Z type manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) with a contact angle with water or a liquid having an equivalent contact angle. Measurement (micro-syringe force 30 seconds after dropping the droplet), and obtained from the results or as a graph.
  • CA-Z type manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.
  • a stable organosilicon conjugate which does not undergo a crosslinking reaction like dimethylpolysiloxane, may be mixed with the above-mentioned organopolysiloxane in a binder.
  • the adhesiveness to cells is reduced by causing a change in wettability of an area irradiated with energy, or a substance containing a decomposed substance or the like that assists such a change. It may be.
  • Examples of such a decomposed substance include, for example, a surfactant that is decomposed or the like by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, becomes hydrophilic, and reduces the adhesiveness to cells. it can.
  • a surfactant that is decomposed or the like by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, becomes hydrophilic, and reduces the adhesiveness to cells. it can.
  • Specific examples include hydrocarbons such as NIKKOL BL, BC, BO, and BB series from Nikko Chemicals, ZONYL FSN and FSO from DuPont, Surflon S-141, 145 from Asahi Glass, and Dainippon Japan.
  • Megafac F-141, 144 manufactured by Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Futergent F-200, F251, manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd., Dudyne DS-401, 402, manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd., Florad manufactured by Threeem Co., Ltd.
  • silicone-based nonionic surfactants such as FC-170 and 176
  • cationic surfactants ion-based surfactants
  • amphoteric surfactants can also be used.
  • polyvinyl alcohol unsaturated polyester, acrylic resin, polyethylene, diaryl phthalate, ethylene propylene diene monomer, epoxy resin, phenol resin, polyurethane, melamine resin , Polycarbonate, polychlorinated vinyl, polyamide, polyimide, styrene butadiene rubber, chloroprene rubber, polypropylene, polybutylene, polystyrene, polyvinyl acetate, nylon, polyester, polybutadiene, Examples thereof include oligomers and polymers such as polybenzimidazole, polyacryl-tolyl, epichlorohydrin, polysulfide, and polyisoprene.
  • such a binder is contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer in an amount of 5 wt% to 95 wt%, particularly 40 wt% to 90 wt%, particularly 60 wt% to 80 wt%. It is preferable to be contained within the range.
  • a light-shielding portion may be formed on the cell culture region of the base material, if necessary. Accordingly, when the entire surface of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer is irradiated with energy from the substrate side, the photocatalyst on the region where the light shielding portion is formed is not excited, and the region other than the region where the light shielding portion is formed is not excited. It is a force capable of decomposing or denaturing the cell adhesion material contained in the cell adhesion layer.
  • Such a light-shielding portion is not particularly limited as long as it can block the energy applied when the cell adhesion assisting portion is formed.
  • a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like can be used. It may be formed by forming a metal thin film of chrome or the like having a thickness of about 1000 to 2000 A by a method or the like, and patterning the thin film.
  • a normal puttering method such as sputtering can be used.
  • a method in which a layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments in a resin binder may be formed in a pattern.
  • the resin binder used include one or a mixture of two or more resins such as polyimide resin, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, polyacrylamide, polybutyl alcohol, gelatin, casein, and cellulose.
  • a reactive resin, or an OZW emulsion type resin composition for example, an emulsion obtained by emulsifying a reactive silicone can be used.
  • the thickness of such a resin light-shielding portion can be set within a range of 0.5 to 10 m.
  • a method of patterning the resin light-shielding portion a commonly used method such as a photolithography method and a printing method can be used.
  • an energy 6 is applied to the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer 7 containing the cell adhesion material and the photocatalyst by using, for example, a photomask 5 or the like.
  • the cell-adhesive material is decomposed or denatured in the cell-adhesive layer 7 and inhibits adhesion to cells.
  • the part 4 can be formed (FIG. 6 (b)).
  • the photocatalyst and the decomposed or denatured product of the cell adhesion material are contained in the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • energy irradiation includes irradiation with a single energy beam capable of decomposing or denaturing a cell adhesion material by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. This is a concept and is not limited to light irradiation.
  • the wavelength of light used for such energy irradiation is generally set to a range of 400 nm or less, preferably 380 nm or less. This is because, as described above, a preferred photocatalyst used as a photocatalyst is titanium dioxide, and light having the above-mentioned wavelength is preferred as energy for activating photocatalysis by the titanium dioxide. is there.
  • Examples of the light source that can be used for such energy irradiation include a mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer lamp, and various other light sources.
  • a method of performing pattern drawing irradiation using a laser such as excimer or YAG can also be used.
  • the substrate-side power can also be applied by irradiating the entire surface with energy. In this case, there is an advantage that a step such as alignment that requires a photomask or the like is not required.
  • the amount of energy irradiation at the time of energy irradiation is an irradiation amount necessary for the cell adhesion material to be decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst.
  • the sensitivity can be increased, and the cell adhesion material can be efficiently decomposed or denatured, which is preferable. .
  • heating within the range of 30 ° C-80 ° C is preferred! / ⁇
  • the direction of the energy irradiation performed through the photomask is, when the above-mentioned base material is transparent, from the direction of displacement between the base material side and the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer side. Energy irradiation may be performed.
  • the substrate when the substrate is opaque, it is necessary to perform energy irradiation from the photocatalyst-containing cell-adhesive layer side.
  • a cell adhesive layer containing at least a cell adhesive material is formed on the photocatalyst treatment layer containing at least a photocatalyst, and when the cell adhesive layer is irradiated with energy, the cell adhesive material in the cell adhesive layer is formed. Is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the adjacent photocatalyst treatment layer.
  • the cell adhesion layer is formed on the photocatalyst treatment layer, by irradiating energy in a pattern for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary part, the cell adhesion layer is formed in the cell adhesion layer. Since the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the adjacent photocatalyst treatment layer and the adhesiveness to cells in the region is reduced, it becomes possible to use the cell adhesive as a cell adhesion auxiliary part. is there.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary portion contains a small amount of the cell adhesion material or the cell adhesion material.
  • the photocatalyst-treated layer is exposed due to the presence of a decomposed product or the like, or the cell adhesion layer is completely decomposed and removed.
  • the method for forming the cell adhesion assisting portion in this embodiment is the same as that in the first embodiment described above, and thus description thereof will be omitted.
  • the cell adhesive layer used in this embodiment is a layer having at least a cell adhesive material having an adhesive property to cells, and a layer generally used as a layer having an adhesive property to cells can be used.
  • the same material as the cell adhesive material used for the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer described in the first embodiment can be used. Omitted.
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion of the first embodiment is also provided in the cell adhesion layer of the present embodiment. It is preferable that a material having the cell adhesion inhibitory property described in the layer is contained. This makes it possible to lower the adhesiveness of the cell adhesion assisting portion, which is the region irradiated with energy, to the cells.
  • the formation of such a cell adhesion layer can be carried out by applying a coating solution for forming a cell adhesion layer containing the above-mentioned cell adhesion material by a general application method or the like. Since the method can be the same as the method for forming the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer of the embodiment, the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the thickness of such a cell adhesive layer is appropriately selected depending on the type of the cell culture puttering substrate and the like. Normally, about 0.1 OOl / zm-l.O / zm, Above all, it can be set to about 0.005 ⁇ m-0.3 ⁇ m.
  • the photocatalyst treatment layer used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it is a layer containing at least a photocatalyst.
  • the photocatalyst treatment layer may be a layer having only the power of the photocatalyst or a layer containing other components such as a binder. It may be.
  • the photocatalyst used in this embodiment can be the same as that used for the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer in the first embodiment, and in this embodiment, titanium oxide is particularly used. Is preferred.
  • Examples of a method for forming a photocatalyst treatment layer in which only a photocatalyst is effective include a method using a vacuum film forming method such as a sputtering method, a CVD method, and a vacuum evaporation method.
  • a vacuum film forming method such as a sputtering method, a CVD method, and a vacuum evaporation method.
  • a method for forming a photocatalyst treatment layer comprising only a photocatalyst for example, when the photocatalyst is titanium dioxide, amorphous titania is formed on a base material, and then the crystalline titania is formed by firing. A method of changing the phase to titania may be used.
  • the amorphous titanium used herein includes, for example, hydrolysis, dehydration condensation of inorganic salts of titanium such as titanium tetrachloride and titanium sulfate, tetraethoxytitanium, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetra-n-propoxytitanium, and tetrabutoxytitanium.
  • Organic titanium conjugates such as titanium and tetramethoxytitanium can be obtained by hydrolysis and dehydration condensation in the presence of an acid. Then, it can be modified to anatase type titania by baking at 400 ° C to 500 ° C, and modified to rutile type titania by baking at 600 ° C to 700 ° C.
  • a binder having a high binding energy such that the main skeleton of the binder is not decomposed by the photoexcitation of the photocatalyst is preferable.
  • organopolysiloxanes described in the above section are preferable.
  • the photocatalyst treatment layer is formed by dispersing the organocatalyst, which is a photocatalyst, and a binder together with other additives as necessary. It can be formed by preparing a coating solution and applying the coating solution onto a substrate.
  • the solvent to be used alcohol-based organic solvents such as ethanol and isopropanol are preferable.
  • the coating can be performed by a known coating method such as spin coating, spray coating, dip coating, roll coating, and bead coating.
  • the photocatalyst treatment layer can be formed by performing a curing treatment by irradiating ultraviolet rays.
  • An amorphous silica precursor can be used as a binder.
  • This amorphous silica precursor is represented by the general formula SiX, where X is a halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, or acetyl group.
  • silicon compounds such as hydroxyl groups, silanols which are hydrolysates thereof, and polysiloxanes having an average molecular weight of 3000 or less!
  • Specific examples include tetraethoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetrabutoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane and the like.
  • the precursor of the amorphous silica and the particles of the photocatalyst are uniformly dispersed in the non-aqueous solvent to obtain a transparent resin.
  • the photocatalyst-treated layer can be formed by forming a silanol on a bright substrate by hydrolysis with moisture in the air, followed by dehydration-condensation polymerization at room temperature.
  • binders can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photocatalyst in the photocatalyst treatment layer can be set in the range of 5 to 60% by weight, preferably 20 to 40% by weight.
  • the thickness of the photocatalyst treatment layer is preferably in the range of 0.05-10 / zm.
  • the photocatalyst-treated layer may contain, in addition to the above-mentioned photocatalyst and binder, a surfactant and the like used for the above-mentioned cell adhesion layer.
  • the surface of the photocatalyst-treated layer has low adhesion to cells, for example, low adhesion due to hydrophilicity of the surface.
  • the region can be a region having low adhesion to cells.
  • a light shielding portion may be formed on the photocatalyst treatment layer.
  • the photocatalyst on the region where the light-shielding portion is formed is not excited, and is contained in the cell adhesive layer other than the region where the light-shielding portion is formed.
  • a force that can degrade or denature cell adhesion materials is not particularly limited.
  • a cell adhesive layer containing at least a cell adhesive material is formed on the substrate, and at the time of energy irradiation, at least a photocatalyst containing layer containing a photocatalyst is opposed to the cell adhesive layer, and energy is irradiated.
  • the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the opposing photocatalyst-containing layer will be described.
  • the cell adhesion layer and the photocatalyst-containing layer are arranged so as to face each other, and energy is irradiated in a pattern for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary portion, whereby the photocatalyst-containing layer is formed.
  • the photocatalyst in the layered layer the cell adhesive material in the cell adhesive layer is decomposed or denatured, and it becomes possible to form a cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present embodiment and a method for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary portion using the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate will be described.
  • the cell adhesion layer used in the present embodiment is the same as the cell adhesion layer used in the above-described second embodiment, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present embodiment usually has a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst, and usually has a substrate and a photocatalyst-containing layer formed on the substrate.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate may include, for example, a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion or a primer layer formed in a pattern.
  • the photocatalyst containing layer used for the photocatalyst containing layer side substrate will be described.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the photocatalyst in the photocatalyst-containing layer decomposes or denatures the cell adhesion material in the adjacent cell adhesion layer.
  • the film may be composed of a binder and a photocatalyst alone.
  • the characteristics of the surface may be lyophilic or lyophobic.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer used in this embodiment may be formed on the entire surface of the substrate, but, for example, as shown in Fig. 7, a photocatalyst-containing layer 12 is formed on the substrate 11 on a pattern. It may have been done.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer in a pattern in this manner, when irradiating energy to form the cell adhesion assisting portion, it is necessary to perform pattern irradiation using a photomask or the like over the entire surface.
  • the cell adhesion material contained in the cell adhesion layer can be decomposed or denatured to form a cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • the method for patterning the photocatalyst-containing layer is not particularly limited. This can be performed by a photolithography method or the like.
  • the direction of energy irradiation is such that the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer face each other. Irradiation can be performed from any direction as long as the part is irradiated with energy.Furthermore, the irradiation energy is not particularly limited to parallel light such as parallel light. Become.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer used in the present embodiment can be the same as the photocatalyst-treated layer described in the second embodiment, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted. .
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate has at least a substrate and a photocatalyst-containing layer formed on the substrate.
  • the material constituting the base to be used is appropriately selected depending on the direction of energy irradiation described later, whether the obtained pattern formed body needs transparency, and the like.
  • the substrate used in the present embodiment may be a flexible substrate, for example, a resin film, or a non-flexible substrate, for example, a glass substrate. This is appropriately selected depending on the energy irradiation method.
  • An anchor layer may be formed on the substrate in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate surface and the photocatalyst-containing layer.
  • Examples of such an anchor layer include silane-based and titanium-based coupling agents.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present embodiment may be one having a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion formed in a pattern.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate having such a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion can be in the following two modes depending on the position where the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is formed.
  • a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14 is formed on a substrate 11, and a photocatalyst-containing layer 12 is formed on the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14.
  • a layer-side substrate is used.
  • the other is a mode in which a photocatalyst-containing layer 12 is formed on a substrate 11 and a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14 is formed thereon to form a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate, as shown in FIG. 9, for example.
  • the light-shielding portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side is disposed near the position where the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer are disposed, as compared with the case where a photomask is used. Since the influence of energy scattering in the body or the like can be reduced, it is possible to perform energy pattern irradiation extremely accurately.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14 when the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14 is formed on the photocatalyst-containing layer 12 as shown in FIG. 9, the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer are When the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is arranged at the position indicated by the numeral, the film thickness of the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is made equal to the width of the gap, so that the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion has a constant gap. If it can be used as a spacer, it has the following advantages.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesive layer are arranged facing each other with a predetermined gap, the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion and the cell adhesive layer are in close contact with each other.
  • the predetermined gap can be made accurate, and by irradiating energy in this state, the portion of the cell adhesive layer where the cell adhesive layer and the light shielding portion are in contact with each other is Since the adhesive material is not decomposed or denatured, it is possible to accurately form the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • the method of forming the light-blocking portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately determined according to the characteristics of the surface on which the light-blocking portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side is formed, the shielding property against required energy, and the like. Since it can be selected and used and can be the same as the light-shielding portion provided on the base material described in the first embodiment, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the two cases where the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is formed are described between the substrate and the photocatalyst-containing layer and on the surface of the photocatalyst-containing layer.
  • a case where a photomask is brought into close contact with the surface to such an extent that the photomask can be detached is considered, and it can be suitably used when the turn of the cell adhesion auxiliary portion is changed in a small lot.
  • the primer layer used in the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate of the present embodiment will be described.
  • the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate is formed by forming the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion on the substrate in a pattern and forming the photocatalyst-containing layer thereon.
  • a primer layer may be formed between the light-shielding portion on the containing layer side and the photocatalyst containing layer.
  • this primer layer The function and function of this primer layer are not always clear, but by forming the primer layer between the light-shielding portion and the photocatalyst-containing layer on the photocatalyst-containing layer side, the primer layer becomes a cell by the action of the photocatalyst. Impurities from the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion and the openings existing between the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portions that cause degradation or denaturation of the adhesive material, particularly residues generated when patterning the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion It is considered to have a function of preventing diffusion of impurities such as metal and metal ions. Therefore, by forming the primer layer, the process of decomposing or denaturing the cell adhesion material proceeds with high sensitivity, and as a result, it is possible to obtain a cell adhesion auxiliary portion formed with high definition. You.
  • the primer layer is intended to prevent impurities existing not only in the light-shielding portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side but also in the openings formed between the light-shielding portions on the photocatalyst-containing layer from affecting the action of the photocatalyst. Therefore, it is preferable that the primer layer is formed over the entire light-shielding portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side including the opening.
  • the primer layer in this embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the primer layer is formed so that the light-blocking portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side of the substrate on the photocatalyst-containing layer side does not contact the photocatalyst-containing layer.
  • the material constituting the primer layer is not particularly limited, but an inorganic material that is not easily decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst is preferable.
  • Specific examples include amorphous silica Can.
  • the precursor of the amorphous silica is represented by the general formula SiX, wherein X is a halogen, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or an acetyl group.
  • Silanols which are silicon compounds that are groups, and hydrolysates thereof, or polysiloxanes having an average molecular weight of 3000 or less are preferable.
  • the thickness of the primer layer is preferably in the range of 0.001 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, particularly preferably in the range of 0.001 ⁇ m to 0.1 ⁇ m.
  • the cell adhesion layer 7 and the photocatalyst-containing layer 12 of the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate 13 are arranged at a predetermined gap, for example, a photomask 5 or the like. Is used to irradiate energy 6 from a predetermined direction. As a result, the cell adhesive material in the area irradiated with the energy is decomposed or denatured, and the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 that inhibits adhesion to cells is formed in the cell adhesion layer 7.
  • the cell adhesive material is decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the cell adhesive material contains a small amount of the cell adhesive material. Or the cell adhesion material is decomposed, or the cell adhesion layer is completely released and the substrate is exposed.
  • the modified substance or the like is contained in the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • the above-mentioned arrangement refers to a state in which the photocatalyst is substantially placed on the surface of the cell adhesive layer, and in addition to a state in which it is in actual physical contact, The photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer are arranged at an interval. This gap is preferably 200 ⁇ m or less.
  • the gap is particularly excellent in consideration of the fact that the pattern accuracy is extremely good, the sensitivity of the photocatalyst is high, and the efficiency of decomposition or denaturation of the cell adhesive material in the cell adhesive layer is good. It is preferable to be within the range of 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ m, preferably within the range of 1 ⁇ m ⁇ 5 ⁇ m. Such a range of the gap is particularly effective for a small-area cell adhesion layer capable of controlling the gap with high accuracy.
  • the gap is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 / zm, particularly preferably in the range of 50 to 75 m.
  • the gap in the positioning device between the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate and the cell adhesive layer in the energy irradiation device is set to 10 ⁇ m- It is preferable to set within the range of 200 ⁇ m, especially within the range of 25 ⁇ m-75 ⁇ m. By setting the set value within such a range, it is possible to prevent the cell-adhering layer from being in contact with the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate without causing a significant decrease in pattern accuracy or a significant deterioration in photocatalytic sensitivity. This is because it is possible to dispose them.
  • An example of a method of forming such an extremely narrow gap uniformly and arranging the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer includes a method using a spacer.
  • a spacer By using the spacer in this manner, a uniform gap can be formed, and the portion where the spacer comes into contact is not affected by the action of the photocatalyst on the surface of the cell adhesive layer.
  • the spacer By making the spacer have the same pattern as the above-mentioned cell adhesion portion, The cell-adhesive material of only the portion where the psa is formed can be decomposed or denatured, and the cell-adhesion assisting portion can be formed with high definition.
  • the active oxygen species generated by the action of the photocatalyst reach the surface of the cell adhesive layer at a high concentration without being diffused. Can be formed.
  • such an arrangement state of the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate should be maintained at least only during irradiation with one energy.
  • energy irradiation also includes irradiation with a single energy beam capable of decomposing or denaturing a cell adhesive material by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. This is a concept and is not limited to light irradiation.
  • the direction of energy irradiation performed through the photomask is such that, when the above-described base material is transparent, the energy irradiation is performed from the direction of displacement between the base material side and the photocatalyst containing layer side substrate. May be.
  • the substrate when the substrate is opaque, it is necessary to perform energy irradiation from the photocatalyst-containing layer side substrate side.
  • a cell adhesion inhibitory layer containing a cell adhesion inhibitory material which has a cell adhesion inhibitory property of inhibiting adhesion to cells and which is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • the cell adhesion inhibiting material is formed by decomposing or denaturing the cell adhesion inhibiting material by irradiating energy after the formation. In this case, the following three embodiments can be mentioned.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing a cell adhesion-inhibiting material that inhibits adhesion to cells and a photocatalyst.
  • the cell adhesion inhibition material is decomposed or modified by the action of the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer itself to form a cell adhesion layer.
  • a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing at least a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is formed on a photocatalyst-treated layer containing at least a photocatalyst.
  • a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer By irradiating this cell adhesion-inhibiting layer with energy in a pattern for forming a cell-adhesive layer, cell adhesion is caused by the action of the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst-treated layer This is the case where the inhibitory material is a degraded or denatured cell adhesion layer.
  • a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing at least a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is formed on a substrate, and the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer and at least a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst are combined with a cell.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is decomposed or denatured to form a cell-adhesion layer by irradiating energy in a pattern that forms the cell-adhesion layer in opposition to the adhesion-inhibition layer.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer that inhibits adhesion to cells and a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing a photocatalyst.
  • a case in which the cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst treatment layer by irradiating energy in a manner to form the cell adhesion layer will be described.
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer contains the photocatalyst and the above-mentioned cell adhesion-inhibiting material
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is irradiated with energy, whereby the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is obtained.
  • a region not irradiated with energy can be used as a cell adhesion assisting portion.
  • Such formation of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibitory layer is performed by using a cell adhesive material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation and a coating solution for forming a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibitory layer containing a photocatalyst. It can be performed by, for example, applying to a cell culture region.
  • the application of the coating solution for forming the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibiting layer can be performed by a general coating method, for example, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a roll coating method, a bead coating method. Etc. can be used.
  • the thickness of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is selected appropriately depending on the type of the cell culture patterning substrate and the like, and is generally about 0.1 Ol / zm-l. Above all, a force of about 0.1 ⁇ m-0.3 ⁇ m can be achieved.
  • the cell adhesion inhibiting material will be described, and further, a method for forming the cell adhesion layer will be described.
  • the photocatalyst used in the present embodiment can be the same as the photocatalyst used in the first embodiment of “1. (1)” described above, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material used in this embodiment has a cell adhesion-inhibiting property of inhibiting adhesion to cells and is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • the type and the like are not particularly limited.
  • having the cell adhesion inhibitory property means that the cell has a property of inhibiting the cell from adhering to the cell adhesion inhibitory material, that is, when the adhesiveness to the cell differs depending on the type of the cell. And the like means having the property of inhibiting adhesion to a target cell.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material used in this embodiment has such cell adhesion-inhibiting properties, and is degraded or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, and has no cell adhesion-inhibiting properties. And those having good adhesion to cells are used.
  • a material having a high hydration ability can be used as such a cell adhesion inhibiting material.
  • a material with high hydration ability forms a hydration layer in which water molecules are gathered around it.
  • a substance with such high hydration ability has a higher adhesiveness to water molecules than an adhesiveness to cells. Therefore, the cells cannot adhere to the material having a high hydration ability and have low adhesion to the cells.
  • the above-mentioned hydration ability means a property of hydration with water molecules, and a high hydration ability means that it is easy to hydrate with water molecules.
  • Examples of the material having a high hydration ability and used as a cell adhesion inhibiting material include polyethylene glycol, zwitterionic materials having a betaine structure and the like, and phospholipid-containing materials. When such a material is used as the cell adhesion inhibiting material, it will be described later.
  • the energy irradiation step when the cell is irradiated with energy, the cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed or deteriorated by the action of a photocatalyst, and the hydration layer on the surface is separated, so that the cell adhesion inhibiting property is not obtained. , It can be.
  • a surfactant having a water-repellent or oil-repellent organic substituent which can be decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst can also be used as the above-mentioned cell adhesion-inhibiting material.
  • a surfactant include hydrocarbons such as NIKKOL BL, BC, BO, and BB series manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd., ZONYL FSN and FS0 manufactured by DuPont, and Surflon S manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.
  • fluorine-based or silicone-based nonionic surfactants such as Florad FC-170 and 176 manufactured by K.K., and cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants. It can also be used.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is unevenly distributed on the surface.
  • the water repellency and oil repellency of the surface can be increased, and the interaction with the cell, which has a small interaction with the cell, can be reduced.
  • the layer is irradiated with energy in the energy irradiation step, the layer is easily decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst to expose the photocatalyst and not have the cell adhesion inhibitory property. You can.
  • the present embodiment it is particularly preferable to use, as the above-mentioned cell adhesion-inhibiting material, a material having good adhesion to cells by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • a material having good adhesion to cells by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation examples thereof include materials having oil repellency and water repellency.
  • the water-repellent or oil-repellent properties of the cell-adhesion-inhibiting material such as hydrophobicity, Adhesion with cells with small interaction such as sexual interaction can be reduced.
  • the skeleton has a photocatalytic action.
  • examples thereof include those having a high binding energy that are not decomposed by water and those having a water-repellent or oil-repellent organic substituent that is decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst.
  • Examples of those having a high binding energy such that the skeleton is not decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst and having a water-repellent or oil-repellent organic substituent capable of being decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst include those described above.
  • the side chains of the above-mentioned organopolysiloxane and the like are not decomposed or denatured completely by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • the region irradiated with the energy can have adhesiveness to cells.
  • the above-mentioned material when used as a cell adhesion-inhibiting material, a material having a contact angle with water of 80 ° or more, particularly in the range of 100 ° to 130 °, is usually used as the cell adhesion-inhibiting material. Is preferred. Thereby, the adhesiveness to cells can be reduced.
  • the upper limit of the angle is the upper limit of the contact angle of the cell adhesion-inhibiting material with water on a flat substrate, for example, with the water of the cell adhesion-inhibiting material on a substrate having irregularities.
  • the upper limit is about 160 ° as shown in, for example, Material Japanese 'Journal of Applied' Physics, Part 2, Volume 32, L614-L615, 1993 Ogawa et al. In some cases.
  • the contact angle with water is in the range of 10 ° to 40 °, particularly 15 ° to 30 °. It is preferable to irradiate the energy so as to be within. As a result, adhesion to cells is high. It is because it can be.
  • the contact angle with water can be obtained by the method described above.
  • a stable organosilicon conjugate which does not undergo a crosslinking reaction like dimethylpolysiloxane, may be separately mixed with the above-mentioned organopolysiloxane and the like.
  • Such a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is preferably contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer in the range of 0.01% by weight to 95% by weight, particularly preferably 1% by weight to 10% by weight. This is a force that enables the region containing the cell adhesion inhibiting material to be a region having low adhesion to cells.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material preferably has surface activity.
  • a coating solution for forming a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibitor layer containing the above-mentioned cell adhesion inhibitor material is applied and then dried, the rate of uneven distribution on the surface of the coating film increases, resulting in good cell adhesion. This is because inhibitory properties can be obtained.
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer of the present embodiment contains a binder or the like in accordance with required properties such as coatability when forming the layer, strength and resistance when forming the layer, and the like. May be. Further, the cell adhesion-inhibiting material may function as the binder.
  • a binder for example, a binder having such a high binding energy that the main skeleton is not decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst can be used.
  • a binder having such a high binding energy that the main skeleton is not decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst can be used.
  • polysiloxane having no organic substituent or having a small amount of organic substituent that does not affect the adhesion can be mentioned, such as tetramethoxysilane and tetraethoxysilane. Can be obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation.
  • such a binder is contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer in an amount of 5% by weight. % -95% by weight, especially 40% -90% by weight, particularly 60% -80% by weight. This makes it possible to exhibit properties such as facilitating formation of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer and imparting strength to the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer.
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer contains a cell-adhesive material having adhesive properties to cells after at least energy irradiation.
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is a force capable of improving the adhesion of the cell adhesion portion, which is the area irradiated with energy, that is, the cell adhesion layer to the cells.
  • a cell adhesive material may be used as the above-mentioned binder, or may be used separately from the binder.
  • the force before irradiation with energy may be one having good adhesion to cells.
  • having the above-mentioned adhesive property with the cell means that the cell adheres well to the cell, and when the adhesive property with the cell differs depending on the type of the cell, etc., it should adhere well to the target cell.
  • the adhesion to cells may be, for example, hydrophobic interaction or electrostatic. It may be good due to physical interaction such as interaction, hydrogen bonding, van der Waals force, etc. .
  • such a cell adhesion material is contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer.
  • the content is 0.01% by weight to 95% by weight, particularly 1% by weight to 10% by weight. Accordingly, the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is also capable of improving the adhesiveness of the cell adhesion layer, which is a region irradiated with energy, to cells.
  • the cell adhesion inhibition in the region not irradiated with the energy that is, the region serving as the cell adhesion auxiliary part. It is preferably contained to such an extent that the cell adhesion inhibitory property of the material is not inhibited.
  • a method for forming the cell adhesion layer will be described.
  • a photomask containing a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer 8 containing the cell adhesion-inhibiting material and the photocatalyst formed on the cell culture region on the substrate 1 Using 5 or the like, irradiate energy 6 in a pattern to form a cell adhesion layer (cell adhesion part) (Fig. 11 (a)).
  • the region irradiated with energy can be made into a cell adhesion layer (cell adhesion portion) 7 having a cell adhesion-inhibiting material degraded or denatured and having adhesiveness to cells, and is not irradiated with energy. It can be a cell adhesion assistant 4 that inhibits the region from adhering to cells.
  • the cell adhesion portion contains a photocatalyst, a decomposed product or a modified product of the cell adhesion inhibiting material, and the like.
  • energy irradiation refers to irradiation of a line of energy capable of decomposing or denaturing a cell adhesion-inhibiting material by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. And is not limited to light irradiation.
  • a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing at least a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is formed on the photocatalyst-treated layer containing at least a photocatalyst, and the cells are irradiated with energy in a pattern to form the cell adhesion layer.
  • the adhesion-inhibiting material is a decomposed or denatured cell adhesion layer.
  • the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst treatment layer is excited by irradiating the cell adhesion inhibition layer with energy.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material in the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer can be decomposed or denatured, and a cell adhesion portion (cell adhesion layer) can be formed. Further, at this time, a region where the energy is not irradiated and the cell adhesion inhibiting material remains can be used as a cell adhesion auxiliary part.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is degraded or denatured! Means that the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained, or that the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained in the cell adhesion-assisting layer. Compared to the amount of the inhibitory material, the cell adhesion inhibitory material contained a smaller amount. For example, when the cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the cell adhesion portion contains a small amount of the cell adhesion inhibiting material, or the cell adhesion inhibiting material It means that decomposed products and the like are contained.
  • the modified substance or the like is contained in the cell adhesion portion.
  • the cell adhesion portion contains a cell adhesion substance having an adhesive property to cells after at least energy irradiation.
  • the photocatalyst treatment layer used in the present embodiment can be the same as that described in the second embodiment of the above-mentioned “1.
  • the forming method can be the same as in the first embodiment described above, and the description is omitted here.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer used in this embodiment is formed on the photocatalyst-treated layer, has a cell adhesion-inhibiting property of inhibiting adhesion to cells, and is decomposed or degraded by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. It is not particularly limited as long as it contains a cell adhesion inhibiting material to be denatured.
  • the formation method and the like are not particularly limited as long as such a layer can be formed.
  • a coating for forming a cell adhesion inhibition layer containing the above-mentioned cell adhesion inhibition material The solution can be formed by applying the solution to the cell culture area by a general application method. Further, the thickness of such a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is appropriately selected depending on the kind of the cell culturing pattern substrate, etc. Usually, the force is about 0.001 m-1.0 ⁇ m, and especially 0.005 ⁇ m. m— 0.3 ⁇ m.
  • the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer described in the first embodiment is used.
  • the same material as the cell adhesion inhibitor can be used. Omitted.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer of the present embodiment also contains the material having the cell adhesion described in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer described in the first embodiment.
  • a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing at least a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is formed on the substrate, and the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer and at least a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst are opposed to the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is decomposed or denatured to form a cell adhesion layer by irradiating energy in a pattern for forming the cell adhesion layer will be described.
  • the cell adhesion inhibiting layer decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation is contained in the cell adhesion inhibiting layer
  • the cell adhesion inhibiting layer And the photocatalyst-containing layer are arranged to face each other, and energy is irradiated in a pattern that forms the cell adhesion layer (cell adhesion part), thereby inhibiting cell adhesion by the action of the photocatalyst in the cell photocatalyst-containing layer.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material in the layer is decomposed or denatured to form a cell adhesion layer (cell adhesion part).
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material remains in the region where the energy is not irradiated, it can be prevented from adhering to the cells, and can be used as a cell adhesion auxiliary part. is there.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is degraded or denatured! Means that the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained, or that the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained in the cell adhesion auxiliary layer. That the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained in a smaller amount than the amount of the cell adhesion inhibitor.
  • the cell adhesion portion (cell adhesion layer) contains a small amount of the cell adhesion inhibiting material, or That is, a decomposition product of the cell adhesion inhibiting material or the like is contained.
  • the cell adhesion portion contains a modified product thereof.
  • at least energy irradiation is performed on the cell adhesion portion.
  • the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer used in this embodiment is the same as the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer described in the second embodiment.
  • a second embodiment of the puttering substrate for cell culture of the present invention comprises a substrate, a cell adhesion region formed on the substrate and culturing cells, and having a cell adhesion property to the cells.
  • the cell adhesive layer is formed in a pattern having edges with irregularities.
  • the puttering substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment has a substrate 1 and a cell culture region 2 formed on the substrate 1 as shown in FIG.
  • the end part a of the cell adhesive layer 7 formed in this manner is formed in a pattern having irregularities.
  • the cells when cells are attached to the cell culture region, the cells are regularly arranged from the end with a morphological change, and a tissue is formed.
  • a tissue is formed.
  • the morphological changes of the cells are activated and the cells can be arranged regularly.
  • the end of the cell adhesive layer where cells start to be arranged is formed in a pattern having irregularities, cells attached to the end can be activated. It is possible to arrange the cells regularly and well.
  • the cell culture region in the patterning substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment is a region for culturing cells and is not particularly limited as long as it has a cell adhesive layer formed in a pattern having irregularities at the ends. What is not done.
  • the cell culture region is formed on the base material, and the portion of the base material other than the cell culture region is a cell non-culture region that inhibits adhesion to cells.
  • the edge of the cell adhesion layer is usually a boundary between the cell culture region and the cell non-culture region (indicated by a in FIG. 12).
  • the entire edge of the cell adhesion layer formed in the cell culture region may be provided with irregularities. For example, as shown in FIG. Only the one with irregularities may be used! / ,.
  • the unevenness formed at the end of the cell adhesive layer is preferably such that the cells adhered to the cell adhesive layer can be regularly arranged. It is preferable that the distance between the concave end force and the convex end is formed so that the cells are linearly aligned when the cells are attached to the cell adhesive layer.
  • the specific size of the unevenness is appropriately selected depending on the shape of the cells to be cultured and the like, but usually, the average of the distance from the concave end to the short end of the unevenness is 0.5 m— It is preferably within a range of 30 m, especially 1 ⁇ m-5 ⁇ m. Accordingly, when the cells are cultured, the cells can be cultured in a desired shape without lacking the cells at the end of the cell culture region and a tissue can be formed.
  • the average measurement of the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the unevenness was measured by measuring the distance from the bottom of each unevenness to the top of each unevenness in the range of 200 ⁇ m between the cell adhesion part and the cell adhesion auxiliary part. This is the calculated value of the average.
  • the cell adhesive layer having such an end is not particularly limited as long as it is a layer having an adhesive property to cells.
  • the method for forming the cell adhesion layer is not particularly limited as long as the method is capable of forming the above-mentioned end portion.
  • a cell adhesive layer containing a cell adhesive material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation is formed.
  • the cell adhesion layer may be putt für a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing a cell adhesion-inhibiting material having cell-adhesion-inhibiting properties is formed, and this cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is formed by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
  • the cell adhesion layer may be formed by decomposing or denaturing the inhibitor.
  • the cell adhesion auxiliary portion described in the first embodiment is formed in the cell culture region. Thereby, cells can be cultured efficiently and a large-area tissue or the like can be formed.
  • the pattern culturing substrate for cell culture of the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the cell adhesion layer having the above-mentioned end is formed on the above-mentioned base material.
  • a member such as a light shielding portion may be formed.
  • the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment.
  • the above embodiment is an exemplification, and has substantially the same configuration as the technical idea described in the claims of the present invention. Included in the technical scope of the invention.
  • trimethoxymethylsilane TSL8114 manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.
  • 2.5 g of 0.5 N hydrochloric acid were mixed and stirred for 8 hours. This was diluted 10-fold with isopropyl alcohol to obtain a primer layer composition.
  • This primer layer composition was applied onto the pattern surface of a photomask by a spin coating method, and the substrate was dried at a temperature of 150 ° C. for 10 minutes to form a primer layer.
  • Organosilane TSL-8114 (GE Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) 5. Og, fluoroalkylsilane TSL-8233 (1.5 g, GE Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) 1.5 g, and 0.005N hydrochloric acid 2.36 g were mixed and stirred for 24 hours. . This solution was diluted 100-fold with isopropyl alcohol, applied to a quartz substrate that had been alkali-treated in advance by spin coating, and dried at 150 ° C for 10 minutes to conduct hydrolysis and polycondensation reactions. By proceeding, a substrate having a cell adhesion inhibiting layer having a thickness of 0.2; zm was obtained.
  • a cell culture patterning substrate having a cell adhesion inhibitory property and having a cell adhesive surface patterned so that the exposed portion has the cell adhesive property was obtained.
  • the DMEM medium was exchanged for one that had been mashed at a concentration of bFGF (Sigma) lOngZml, and cultivation was continued at 37 ° C in a 5% diacid carbon environment for 24 hours to form a continuous capillary tissue. I confirmed that I did.
  • Example 1 Cell culture was performed in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the photomask was only 60 ⁇ m / 300 ⁇ m lines and spaces and had no irregularities at the boundary between the opening and the light-shielding portion. It was confirmed that the adhesion of the cells to the substrate 16 hours after seeding of the cells was smaller than that in Example 1. When the culture was performed for up to 24 hours, it was confirmed that the number of cells adhered to the substrate increased, but the degree of cell orientation and growth shape was inferior to Example 1.
  • Example 2 when bFGF was added to DMEM medium as in Example 1 and the cells were organized, the cells formed kyaryari, but the length of the kyaryri was shorter than that in Example 1. It was confirmed that the tissue formation was incomplete.
  • the cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 2 except that a 190 ⁇ m / 500 ⁇ m line & space photomask was used. In this case, even after 24 hours of seeding of the cells, it was confirmed that the cells near the center of the cell adhesion portion adhered to the substrate, but did not undergo orientation or extension.
  • This solution is applied to a quartz glass substrate that has been previously alkali-treated by spin coating, and the substrate is dried at 150 ° C for 10 minutes to allow hydrolysis and polycondensation reactions to proceed.
  • This patterning substrate has a line and space of 60 ⁇ m / 300 ⁇ m with an opening width of 60 ⁇ m and a light shielding portion of 300 ⁇ m.
  • UV exposure was performed with a mercury lamp (wavelength 365 nm) at an illuminance of 300 mWZcm 2 for 900 seconds, and the unexposed areas showed cell adhesion.
  • a puttering substrate for cell culture having a cell-adhesive surface patterned so that exposed portions have cell-adhesion inhibiting properties was obtained.
  • the cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.
  • This solution was applied to a quartz glass substrate which had been previously subjected to an alkali treatment by a spin coating method, and the substrate was dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 10 minutes to perform a hydrolysis and polycondensation reaction.
  • a 0.2 m-thick photocatalyst-containing cell-adhesion-inhibiting layer which changes from cell-adhesion-inhibiting to cell-adhesive by the action of photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, has a photocatalyst firmly fixed in the organopolysiloxane. Having a patterning substrate.
  • the above-mentioned substrate for puttering was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the same manner as in Example 3 to obtain a patterned substrate for cell culture having a pattern in which the unexposed portion was a cell adhesion inhibiting portion and the exposed portion was a cell adhesion portion.
  • the cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.
  • This solution is applied to a quartz glass substrate that has been preliminarily alkali-treated by spin coating, and the substrate is dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 10 minutes to allow hydrolysis and polycondensation reactions to proceed.
  • Fibronectin F- 4759 and (Sigma) 0. 2 mg was mixed with purified water 200 ml, the solution to the photocatalyst-containing layer of the substrate provided with the photocatalyst-containing layer, dropwise at a ratio of substrate area lcm 2 per 3 00 1 Then, this was allowed to stand at 4 ° C. for 24 hours. Further, the substrate was washed twice with PBS, exposed to nitrogen gas and dried to obtain a substrate for a pattern having a photocatalyst-containing layer and a cell adhesion layer on the substrate.
  • the above-mentioned patterning substrate is irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the same manner as in Example 3, and the unexposed portion has a pattern in which a cell adhesion portion and the exposed portion has a pattern in which a cell adhesion inhibition portion is formed. A substrate was obtained.
  • the cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.
  • This solution is applied to a quartz glass substrate that has been preliminarily alkali-treated by spin coating, and the substrate is dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 10 minutes to allow hydrolysis and polycondensation reactions to proceed.
  • a solution consisting of 5 g of isopropyl alcohol, 0.4 g of organosilane TSL8114 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone), and 0.04 g of fluoroalkylsilane TSL8233 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone) is applied to the substrate by spin coating, and then applied.
  • the substrate was dried at 150 ° C for 10 minutes to form a cell adhesion inhibition layer.
  • the above-mentioned substrate for puttering was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the same manner as in Example 3 to obtain a patterned substrate for cell culture having a pattern in which the unexposed portion was a cell adhesion inhibiting portion and the exposed portion was a cell adhesion portion.
  • the cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.
  • organosilane TSL8114 (GE Toshiba Silicone) 0. 4 g and 0.4 g of aminopropyltriethoxysilane were mixed and heated at 100 ° C. for 20 minutes with stirring. This solution is applied to a pre-alkali glass substrate by a spin coating method, and the substrate is dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 10 minutes. An amino group-containing organopolysiloxane layer having a thickness of about 80 nm was formed on the substrate to provide a substrate for notching.
  • the substrate for puttering was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a patterned substrate for cell culture having a pattern in which the unexposed portion became a cell adhesion portion and the exposed portion became a cell adhesion inhibition portion.
  • the cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.

Abstract

A patterning substrate for cell culture that can realize efficiently arranging of cells in a regular fashion over a large area on a base material so as to attain forming of a tissue, etc. There is provided a patterning substrate for cell culture, comprising a base material and, superimposed thereon, a cell culture region being a region for cell incubation and including a cell adhesive layer having adherence to cells, characterized in that the cell culture region has cell adhesive parts wherein the cell adhesive layer is provided and a cell adhesion auxiliary part that is provided in patterned form and inhibits cell adhesion, and that the cell adhesion auxiliary part is provided so that at the time of sticking of cells to the cell adhesive parts, the cells on two cell adhesive parts adjacent to the cell adhesion auxiliary part can bind each other on the cell adhesion auxiliary part.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
細胞培養用パターニング基板  Patterning substrate for cell culture
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、例えば血管等の細胞の培養に用いられる細胞培養用パターユング基板 に関するものである。  TECHNICAL FIELD [0001] The present invention relates to a pattern culturing substrate used for culturing cells such as blood vessels.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 現在、 V、ろ 、ろな動物や植物の細胞培養が行われており、また、新たな細胞の培 養法が開発されている。細胞培養の技術は、細胞の生化学的現象や性質の解明、 有用な物質の生産などの目的で利用されている。さらに、培養細胞を用いて、人工 的に合成された薬剤の生理活性や毒性を調べる試みがなされている。  [0002] Currently, cell cultures of animals, plants, and the like are being performed, and new cell culture methods are being developed. Cell culture technology is used to elucidate the biochemical phenomena and properties of cells and to produce useful substances. Further, attempts have been made to examine the bioactivity and toxicity of artificially synthesized drugs using cultured cells.
[0003] 一部の細胞、特に多くの動物細胞は、何かに接着して生育する接着依存性を有し ており、生体外の浮遊状態では長期間生存することができない。このような接着依存 性を有した細胞の培養には、細胞が接着するための担体が必要であり、一般的には 、コラーゲンゃフイブロネクチンなどの細胞接着性タンパク質を均一に塗布したプラス チック製の培養皿が用いられている。これらの細胞接着性タンパク質は、培養細胞に 作用し、細胞の接着を容易にしたり、細胞の形態に影響を与えることが知られている  [0003] Some cells, particularly many animal cells, have an adhesion dependency of growing by adhering to something, and cannot survive for a long period of time in a floating state outside a living body. Cultivation of cells having such adhesion dependence requires a carrier for the cells to adhere to the cells. Generally, a plastic-made cell on which a cell adhesion protein such as collagen fibronectin is uniformly applied is generally used. A culture dish is used. These cell adhesion proteins are known to act on cultured cells, facilitating cell adhesion and affecting cell morphology.
[0004] 一方、培養細胞を基材上の微小な部分にのみ接着させ、配列させる技術が報告さ れている。このような技術により、培養細胞を人工臓器やバイオセンサ、バイオリアク ターなどに応用することが可能になる。培養細胞を配列させる方法としては、細胞に 対して接着の容易さが異なるような表面がパターンをなしているような基材を用い、こ の表面で細胞を培養し、細胞が接着するように加工した表面だけに細胞を接着させ ることによって細胞を配列させる方法がとられている。 [0004] On the other hand, a technique has been reported in which cultured cells are adhered to only minute portions on a substrate and arranged. Such a technique makes it possible to apply cultured cells to artificial organs, biosensors, bioreactors, and the like. A method for arranging cultured cells is to use a substrate having a patterned surface with different ease of adhesion to the cells, cultivate the cells on this surface, and allow the cells to adhere. A method is used in which cells are arranged by adhering the cells only to the processed surface.
[0005] 例えば、特許文献 1には、回路状に神経細胞を増殖させるなどの目的で、静電荷 パターンを形成させた電荷保持媒体を細胞培養に応用している。また、特許文献 2 では、細胞非接着性あるいは細胞接着性の光感受性親水性高分子をフォトリソダラ フィ法によりパターニングした表面上への培養細胞の配列を試みている。 [0006] さらに、特許文献 3では、細胞の接着率や形態に影響を与えるコラーゲンなどの物 質がパター-ングされた細胞培養用基材と、この基材をフォトリソグラフィ法によって 作製する方法について開示している。このような基材の上で細胞を培養することによ つて、コラーゲンなどがパターユングされた表面により多くの細胞を接着させ、細胞の パター-ングを実現して 、る。 [0005] For example, in Patent Document 1, a charge holding medium having an electrostatic charge pattern formed thereon is applied to cell culture for the purpose of, for example, growing nerve cells in a circuit form. Further, Patent Document 2 attempts to arrange cultured cells on a surface obtained by patterning a non-cell-adhesive or cell-adhesive photosensitive hydrophilic polymer by a photolithography method. [0006] Further, Patent Document 3 describes a cell culture substrate on which a substance such as collagen which affects cell adhesion rate and morphology is patterned, and a method for producing the substrate by photolithography. Has been disclosed. By culturing the cells on such a base material, more cells can be adhered to the surface on which collagen or the like is put on, thereby realizing the cell patterning.
[0007] し力しながら、このような細胞の培養方法において、細胞培養パターンの面積が広 い場合、細胞培養パターンの端部では、細胞を規則的に配列させることができるが、 細胞培養パターンの中央部では、細胞の配列性が悪くなつたり、細胞が接着しない 場合等がある、という問題がある。また、一般的な細胞は、個々の細胞が形態変化を して組織を形成するものであり、このような組織を形成するように、上記の細胞培養パ ターン等で細胞培養をする場合、細胞との接着性を有する細胞接着部と、細胞と接 着することを阻害する細胞接着阻害部との境界領域が細胞を刺激し、それにより細 胞の形態変化が生じ、この形態変化が徐々に細胞培養パターンの中央部に伝播す ることが、非特許文献 1等に示されている。し力しながら、この細胞培養パターンの面 積が広くなると、細胞の形態変化が中央部まで伝わりにくいため、中央部の細胞の形 態変化が生じにくぐ中央部では組織が形成されない、という問題があった。またさら に、このように細胞を播種して基板に接着させる際、細胞の接着に時間がかかる、と いう問題もあった。  [0007] However, in such a cell culturing method, when the area of the cell culture pattern is large, cells can be regularly arranged at the end of the cell culture pattern. In the central part, there is a problem that the alignment of the cells may be poor or the cells may not adhere. In addition, general cells are those in which individual cells undergo morphological changes to form tissues, and when cells are cultured using the above-described cell culture pattern or the like so as to form such tissues, The boundary region between the cell adhesion portion having adhesiveness to the cell and the cell adhesion inhibition portion that inhibits adhesion to the cell stimulates the cell, thereby causing a morphological change of the cell, and this morphological change gradually occurs. It is shown in Non-Patent Document 1 and the like that it propagates to the central part of the cell culture pattern. However, if the area of this cell culture pattern is increased, the morphological change of the cells is difficult to be transmitted to the central part, and the central part is not susceptible to the morphological change of the cells. was there. Furthermore, when cells are seeded and adhered to a substrate in this way, there is a problem that it takes time to adhere the cells.
[0008] 特許文献 1 :特開平 2— 245181号公報 Patent Document 1: JP-A-2-245181
特許文献 2:特開平 3-7576号公報  Patent Document 2: JP-A-3-7576
特許文献 3 :特開平 5— 176753号公報  Patent Document 3: JP-A-5-176753
非特干文献 1 : Spargo他, Proceedings of tne National Academy of sciences of the United States of America (1994) p.11070—  Non-patent literature 1: Spargo et al., Proceedings of tne National Academy of sciences of the United States of America (1994) p.11070—
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0009] そこで、基材上に大面積で、効率よく細胞を規則的に配列させることができ、組織 等を形成することが可能な細胞培養用パターユング基板の提供が望まれている。 課題を解決するための手段 [0010] 本発明は、基材と、上記基材上に形成され、細胞を培養する領域であり、かつ細胞 と接着性を有する細胞接着層を含有する細胞培養領域とを有する細胞培養用バタ 一二ング基板であって、 [0009] Therefore, there is a demand for a cell culture puttering substrate capable of forming cells and the like efficiently and regularly in a large area on a base material and forming a tissue or the like. Means for solving the problem [0010] The present invention provides a cell culture butterfly comprising a base material, a cell culture region formed on the base material and culturing cells, and a cell culture region containing a cell adhesive layer having adhesive properties to cells. A substrate,
上記細胞培養領域は、上記細胞接着層が形成された細胞接着部と、パターン状に 形成され、かつ細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着補助部とを有し、上記細胞接 着補助部は、上記細胞接着部に細胞を付着させた際、上記細胞接着補助部に隣接 する 2つの上記細胞接着部上の細胞どうしが、上記細胞接着補助部上で結合し得る ように形成されて ヽることを特徴とする細胞培養用パターユング基板を提供する。  The cell culture region has a cell adhesion portion on which the cell adhesion layer is formed, and a cell adhesion auxiliary portion formed in a pattern and inhibiting adhesion to cells. When the cells are attached to the cell adhesion part, the cells on the two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the cell adhesion part are formed so that they can be bonded on the cell adhesion part. Provided is a puttering substrate for cell culture, which is characterized in that:
[0011] 本発明によれば、上記細胞培養領域中に、細胞接着補助部が形成されていること から、細胞接着部上に細胞が付着した場合、その細胞を活性ィ匕することができ、効率 よく短時間で細胞を培養することができる。また、細胞接着補助部に挟まれた領域ご とに細胞の培養が行われることとなることから、細胞接着補助部がない状態で細胞培 養領域全体に細胞を培養させる場合と比較して、境界領域力 刺激を受ける細胞数 を多くすることができる。これにより、細胞の配列性を良好なものとすることができ、ま たさらに、細胞の形態変ィ匕も均一に行うものとさせることができるのである。また、本発 明においては、上記細胞接着補助部が、細胞接着層に細胞を付着させた場合、隣 接する細胞接着部に付着された細胞同士の結合を阻害しな ヽように形成されて 、る ことから、最終的に細胞培養領域全面の細胞が結合したものとすることができ、得ら れる組織等を大面積なものとすることができるのである。  [0011] According to the present invention, since a cell adhesion auxiliary portion is formed in the cell culture region, when a cell adheres to the cell adhesion portion, the cell can be activated. Cells can be cultured efficiently and in a short time. In addition, since the cells are cultured in each region sandwiched between the cell adhesion assisting portions, compared with the case where the cells are cultured in the entire cell culture region without the cell adhesion assisting portions, Boundary region force The number of cells that can be stimulated can be increased. As a result, the arrangement of cells can be improved, and the morphology of the cells can be uniformly changed. Further, in the present invention, when the cells are attached to the cell adhesion layer, the cell adhesion assisting portion is formed so as not to inhibit the binding between the cells attached to the adjacent cell adhesion portions, As a result, cells in the entire cell culture region can be finally combined, and the obtained tissue and the like can be made large.
[0012] 上記発明にお!/、ては、上記細胞接着補助部が、上記細胞培養領域内でライン状 に形成されているものとすることができる。この場合、上記細胞培養領域を形成する 際の設計が容易となり、また細胞を付着させた際に細胞が規則的に配列しやすい、 という利点を有する。  [0012] In the above invention, the cell adhesion auxiliary portion may be formed in a line in the cell culture region. In this case, there is an advantage that the design when forming the cell culture region is facilitated, and the cells are easily arranged regularly when the cells are attached.
[0013] また、上記発明にお 、ては、上記細胞接着補助部と上記細胞接着部との境界が凹 凸を有するパターン状に形成されて ヽるものとすることができる。このように凹凸を有 するパターンに沿って細胞を付着させた場合、境界領域から細胞が感受する刺激が 多くなり、細胞をより整列して配列させることができる。また、細胞の細胞接着部に対 する接着性を活性なものとすることができることから、効率よく短時間で細胞を基板上 に接着させることが可能な細胞培養用パターユング基板とすることができる。 [0013] In the above invention, the boundary between the cell adhesion auxiliary part and the cell adhesion part may be formed in a pattern having a concave and convex shape. When the cells are adhered along the pattern having irregularities in this manner, the stimulation that the cells sense from the boundary region increases, and the cells can be arranged in a more aligned manner. In addition, since the adhesion of the cells to the cell adhesion portion can be activated, the cells can be efficiently and quickly placed on the substrate. Can be used as a cell culture puttering substrate.
[0014] また、本発明は、基材と、上記基材上に形成され、細胞を培養する領域であり、 つ細胞と接着性を有する細胞接着層を含有する細胞培養領域とを有する細胞培養 用パターニング基板であって、  [0014] Further, the present invention provides a cell culture comprising a substrate, and a cell culture region formed on the substrate and culturing cells, the cell culture region comprising a cell adhesion layer having adhesiveness to cells. A patterning substrate for
上記細胞接着層は、端部が凹凸を有するパターン状に形成されていることを特徴と する細胞培養用パターニング基板を提供する。  The cell adhesion layer is provided with a patterning substrate for cell culture, wherein the end portion is formed in a pattern having irregularities.
[0015] 本発明によれば、上記細胞接着層の端部が凹凸を有するパターン状に形成されて いることから、細胞接着層上に細胞を付着させる際、境界領域から細胞が感受する 刺激が多くなり、上記細胞接着層の端部に沿って、細胞をより整列して配列させるこ とができる。また細胞の細胞接着部に対する接着性を活性なものとすることができるこ とから、効率よく短時間で細胞を基板上に接着させることが可能な細胞培養用パター ユング基板とすることができる。  [0015] According to the present invention, since the end of the cell adhesive layer is formed in a pattern having irregularities, when the cells are attached to the cell adhesive layer, the stimulus that the cells sense from the boundary region is not affected. As the number of cells increases, the cells can be more aligned and arranged along the edge of the cell adhesion layer. In addition, since the adhesiveness of the cells to the cell adhesion portion can be made active, a cell culture pattern-junging substrate capable of efficiently adhering cells to the substrate in a short time can be obtained.
[0016] 上記発明においては、上記凹凸の凹部端力も凸部端までの距離が、上記細胞接 着層上に細胞を付着させた際、細胞が直線的に整列するような大きさであることが好 ましい。凹凸の大きさをこのようなものとすることにより、良好に細胞を配列させること が可能となるからである。  [0016] In the above invention, the distance between the concave end force of the irregularities and the convex end is such that the cells are linearly aligned when the cells are adhered to the cell adhesion layer. Is preferred. This is because by setting the size of the irregularities to such a value, cells can be favorably arranged.
[0017] 上記発明においては、上記凹凸の凹部端から凸部端までの距離の平均が 0. 5 μ m— 30 μ mの範囲内であることが好ましい。凹凸の大きさをこのような範囲とすること により、細胞を良好に配列させることや、細胞を活性ィ匕させることができるからである。 発明の効果  In the above invention, the average of the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the unevenness is preferably in the range of 0.5 μm to 30 μm. By setting the size of the irregularities in such a range, the cells can be arranged well and the cells can be activated. The invention's effect
[0018] 本発明によれば、細胞接着部上に細胞を付着させた際、その細胞を活性ィ匕するこ とができ、効率よく短時間で広い面積に細胞を培養することが可能な細胞培養用パ ターニング基板とすることができる。またこの際、細胞の配列性を良好なものとするこ とができ、細胞の形態変化も均一に行うものとすることができる、という効果も奏する。 図面の簡単な説明  According to the present invention, when a cell is adhered to a cell adhesion portion, the cell can be activated, and the cell can be efficiently cultured in a short time in a wide area. It can be used as a patterning substrate for culture. Also, at this time, there is an effect that the arrangement of the cells can be improved and the morphological change of the cells can be uniformly performed. Brief Description of Drawings
[0019] [図 1]本発明の細胞培養用パターニング基板の一例を示す概略断面図である。 FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of a cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
[図 2]本発明の細胞培養用パターニング基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である。  FIG. 2 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
[図 3]本発明の細胞培養用パターニング基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である。 [図 4]本発明の細胞培養用パターニング基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である。 FIG. 3 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention. FIG. 4 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
[図 5]本発明の細胞培養用パターニング基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である。  FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
[図 6]本発明の細胞培養用パターユング基板における細胞接着補助部の形成方法 の一例を示す工程図である。  FIG. 6 is a process chart showing an example of a method for forming a cell adhesion assisting portion in a cell culture putter-jung substrate of the present invention.
[図 7]本発明に用いられる光触媒含有層側基板の一例を示す概略断面図である。  FIG. 7 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of a photocatalyst-containing layer side substrate used in the present invention.
[図 8]本発明に用いられる光触媒含有層側基板の一例を示す概略断面図である。  FIG. 8 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present invention.
[図 9]本発明に用いられる光触媒含有層側基板の一例を示す概略断面図である。  FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing one example of a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present invention.
[図 10]本発明の細胞培養用パターユング基板における細胞接着補助部の形成方法 の他の例を示す工程図である。  FIG. 10 is a process chart showing another example of the method for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary portion in the putter substrate for cell culture of the present invention.
[図 11]本発明の細胞培養用パターニング基板における細胞接着層の形成方法の一 例を示す工程図である。  FIG. 11 is a process chart showing an example of a method for forming a cell adhesive layer on the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention.
[図 12]本発明の細胞培養用パターニング基板の他の例を示す概略断面図である。 符号の説明  FIG. 12 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention. Explanation of symbols
[0020] 1 … 基材 [0020] 1 ... substrate
2 … 細胞培養領域  2… cell culture area
3 … 細胞接着部  3… cell adhesion
4 … 細胞接着補助部  4… cell adhesion assistant
5 … フォトマスク  5… Photo mask
6 … エネルギー  6… energy
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0021] 本発明は、細胞の培養に用いられる細胞培養用パターニング基板に関するもので あり、本発明の細胞培養用パターユング基板は二つの実施態様がある。以下、それ ぞれの実施態様ごとに説明する。  The present invention relates to a patterning substrate for cell culture used for cell culture, and the puttering substrate for cell culture of the present invention has two embodiments. Hereinafter, each embodiment will be described.
[0022] A.第 1実施態様  A. First Embodiment
まず、本発明の細胞培養用パター-ング基板の第 1実施態様について説明する。 本発明の細胞培養用パターユング基板の第 1実施態様は、基材と、上記基材上に形 成され、細胞を培養する領域であり、かつ細胞と接着性を有する細胞接着層を含有 する細胞培養領域とを有する細胞培養用パターユング基板であって、 上記細胞培養領域は、上記細胞接着層が形成された細胞接着部と、パターン状に 形成され、かつ細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着補助部とを有し、上記細胞接 着補助部は、上記細胞接着部に細胞を付着させた際、上記細胞接着補助部に隣接 する 2つの上記細胞接着部上の細胞どうしが、上記細胞接着補助部上で結合し得る ように形成されて ヽるものである。 First, a first embodiment of the cell culture patterning substrate of the present invention will be described. A first embodiment of the putter substrate for cell culture according to the present invention comprises a base material, a cell-adhesion layer formed on the base material, for culturing cells, and having an adhesive property to cells. A cell culture putter substrate having a cell culture region, The cell culture region has a cell adhesion portion on which the cell adhesion layer is formed, and a cell adhesion auxiliary portion formed in a pattern and inhibiting adhesion to cells. When the cells are attached to the cell adhesion part, the cells on the two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the cell adhesion part are formed so that they can be bonded on the cell adhesion part. Things.
[0023] 本実施態様の細胞培養用パターユング基板は、例えば図 1に示すように、基材 1と 、その基材 1上に形成された細胞培養領域 2とを有するものであり、その細胞培養領 域 2は、細胞接着層が形成された細胞と接着性を有する細胞接着部 3と、細胞と接着 することを阻害する細胞接着補助部 4とを有するものである。  The putter substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment has a substrate 1 and a cell culture region 2 formed on the substrate 1 as shown in FIG. 1, for example. The culturing region 2 has a cell adhesion portion 3 having an adhesive property to the cell on which the cell adhesion layer is formed, and a cell adhesion assisting portion 4 for inhibiting adhesion to the cell.
[0024] ここで、一般的に細胞培養領域に細胞を付着させて細胞を培養し、組織を形成す る場合、細胞は細胞培養領域の外側から内側にかけて徐々に配列する。また組織の 形成の際には、個々の細胞が形態変化をして配列することが必要であり、この細胞の 形態変化についても、細胞培養領域の端部から中央部にかけて徐々に行われるも のである。  Here, in general, when cells are cultured by attaching cells to a cell culture region to form a tissue, the cells are gradually arranged from the outside to the inside of the cell culture region. In addition, during tissue formation, it is necessary that individual cells undergo morphological changes and be arranged, and the morphological changes of these cells are also made gradually from the end to the center of the cell culture region. is there.
[0025] そのため、一般的な細胞培養用パターユング基板を用いて細胞を培養した場合、 細胞を培養する細胞培養領域の面積が大き 、ものである場合には、中央部での細 胞の配列性が悪ぐ組織が形成されない場合や、細胞培養領域の中央部に細胞が 接着しない場合等がある。また、中央部における細胞の形態変化性が悪ぐ目的とす る組織が形成されない、という問題もあった。  [0025] Therefore, when cells are cultured using a general pattern jungle substrate for cell culture, if the area of the cell culture region for culturing the cells is large and large, the cell arrangement at the center is large. In some cases, poorly formed tissues are not formed, or cells do not adhere to the center of the cell culture area. In addition, there was a problem that a target tissue having poor cell morphological change in the central portion was not formed.
[0026] 一方、本発明によれば、上記細胞培養領域中に細胞接着補助部が形成されており 、例えば図 1に示すように、細胞接着補助部 4に挟まれた細胞接着部 3で細胞が培養 されることとなる。すなわち、細胞接着補助部 4と細胞接着部 3との境界から細胞の配 列や、細胞の形態変化を生じさせることができ、細胞接着補助部 4が形成されていな い場合と比較して、細胞培養領域 2の内側にも境界領域を設けることができる。その ため、細胞培養領域 2に接着した細胞は、細胞培養領域 2の内側に存在する細胞接 着部 3と、細胞接着補助部 4との境界で刺激を受けることができる。これにより、細胞 培養領域 2の全域で、細胞の配列性や形態変化性を良好なものとすることが可能と なるのである。 [0027] また、本実施態様にぉ ヽては、上記細胞接着補助部は、隣接する 2つの細胞接着 層上に付着した細胞どうしが、細胞接着補助部上で結合し得るように形成されており 、例えば図 1に示すように、 aの領域の細胞接着部 3に付着した細胞と、 bの領域の細 胞接着部 3に付着した細胞とが、細胞接着補助部 4上結合し得るように、細胞接着補 助部 4が形成されている。これにより、最終的には細胞培養領域 2全面で培養された 場合と同様の面積に細胞を培養することができるのである。これは、細胞との接着す ることを阻害する領域であっても、その両側に細胞が存在し、それらの細胞が影響を 及ぼしあう程度近接している場合には、細胞と接着することを阻害する領域上でも、 細胞どうしが相互作用することが可能となることによるものである。 [0026] On the other hand, according to the present invention, a cell adhesion assisting portion is formed in the cell culture region. For example, as shown in FIG. Will be cultured. That is, the arrangement of the cells and the morphological change of the cells can be caused from the boundary between the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 and the cell adhesion part 3, and the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 is not formed as compared with the case where the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 is not formed. A boundary region can also be provided inside the cell culture region 2. Therefore, the cells adhered to the cell culture region 2 can be stimulated at the boundary between the cell adhesion portion 3 existing inside the cell culture region 2 and the cell adhesion auxiliary portion 4. This makes it possible to improve the cell arrangement and morphological change over the entire cell culture region 2. [0027] In the present embodiment, the cell adhesion auxiliary portion is formed so that cells adhering to two adjacent cell adhesion layers can be bonded to each other on the cell adhesion auxiliary portion. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the cells adhered to the cell adhesion part 3 in the area a and the cells adhered to the cell adhesion part 3 in the area b can be bonded on the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4. In addition, a cell adhesion assistant 4 is formed. As a result, the cells can be finally cultured in the same area as when the cells are cultured on the entire surface of the cell culture region 2. This means that even if it is a region that inhibits adhesion to cells, if cells are present on both sides of them and they are close enough to affect each other, they will not adhere to cells. This is because cells can interact with each other even in the region where the inhibition occurs.
[0028] また、細胞接着層に欠陥等がある場合には、細胞が活性ィ匕されてその領域に細胞 が付着しやすいことが知られている。本実施態様においては、細胞培養領域内に形 成されている細胞接着補助部がこのような欠陥と同様の効果を発揮して、細胞が活 性化されるため、短時間で効率的に細胞を基板上に接着することができるのである。  [0028] Further, it is known that when there is a defect or the like in the cell adhesion layer, the cells are activated and the cells easily adhere to the region. In the present embodiment, the cell adhesion assisting portion formed in the cell culture region exhibits the same effect as such a defect, and the cells are activated. Can be adhered to the substrate.
[0029] 以下、本実施態様の細胞培養用パターユング基板の各構成について説明する。  Hereinafter, each configuration of the pattern culturing substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment will be described.
[0030] 1.細胞培養領域  [0030] 1. Cell culture area
まず、本実施態様の細胞培養用パターユング基板における細胞培養領域にっ ヽ て説明する。本実施態様における細胞培養領域は、細胞を培養するために形成され る領域であって、細胞と接着性を有する細胞接着層が形成された細胞接着部と、パ ターン状に形成され、かつ細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着補助部とを有する 領域である。  First, a cell culture region on the putter substrate for cell culture of the present embodiment will be described. The cell culture region according to the present embodiment is a region formed for culturing cells, and includes a cell adhesion portion having a cell adhesion layer having an adhesive property to cells, a cell adhesion portion formed in a pattern, and a cell adhesion region. And a cell adhesion assisting portion that inhibits adhesion.
[0031] 本実施態様においては、上記細胞培養領域は、例えば図 1に示すように、基材 1の 一部に形成されて 、てもよく、また基材の全面が細胞培養領域とされて 、てもよ 、。 ここで、例えば図 1に示すように細胞培養領域 2が、基材 1の一部に形成される場合 には、基材 1上の細胞培養領域以外の領域は、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞 非培養領域とされている。また、本実施態様においては、 1つの基材上に形成される 細胞培養領域の数は、 1つに限定されるものではなぐ例えば図 2に示すように、基 材 1上に細胞培養領域 2が複数形成されていてもよい。この場合においても、基材 1 上の各細胞培養領域以外の領域は、上記細胞非培養領域とされる。 [0032] また、目的とする糸且織の大きさや種類等によっても異なるものである力 通常、一つ の細胞培養領域の大きさは、 0. 05mm2— 8000mm2,中でも 0. 1mm2— 10mm2 の範囲内とされる。 In the present embodiment, the cell culture region may be formed on a part of the substrate 1 as shown in FIG. 1, for example, or the entire surface of the substrate may be a cell culture region. , You can. Here, for example, when the cell culture region 2 is formed on a part of the substrate 1 as shown in FIG. 1, regions other than the cell culture region on the substrate 1 inhibit adhesion to cells. This is a non-cultured area. In the present embodiment, the number of cell culture regions formed on one substrate is not limited to one.For example, as shown in FIG. May be formed plurally. Also in this case, the area other than each cell culture area on the substrate 1 is the above-mentioned cell non-culture area. [0032] In addition, the force usually is different also depending on the size and type of yarn且織of interest, the size of one cell culture area, 0. 05mm 2 - 8000mm 2, among others 0. 1 mm 2 - It is in the range of 10 mm 2.
[0033] ここで、上述したような細胞培養領域にお!、ては、上記細胞接着部中に細胞接着 補助部がパターン状に形成されることとなる。本実施態様にぉ 、てこの細胞接着補 助部は、細胞接着補助部に隣接する 2つの細胞接着部に付着した細胞どうしが細胞 接着補助部上で結合し得るように形成されており、また細胞接着層上に付着した細 胞が規則的に配列し、かつ細胞の形態変化が均一に生じるように形成されているも のであれば、特に限定されるものではない。例えば図 1に示すように、細胞培養領域 2中に細胞接着補助部 4がライン状に形成されていてもよぐまた例えば図 3に示すよ うに、細胞培養領域 2中に細胞接着補助部 4がランダムに形成されて 、てもよ 、。  Here, in the above-described cell culture region, a cell adhesion auxiliary portion is formed in a pattern in the cell adhesion portion. In the present embodiment, the leverage cell adhesion auxiliary part is formed so that cells attached to two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the cell adhesion auxiliary part can be bonded on the cell adhesion auxiliary part, and There is no particular limitation as long as the cells adhered on the cell adhesion layer are regularly arranged and are formed so that the cell morphological change is uniformly generated. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 may be formed in a line in the cell culture region 2, or as shown in FIG. 3, for example, the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 may be formed in the cell culture region 2. Is randomly formed.
[0034] 上記細胞接着補助部の幅は、培養する細胞の種類や大きさ等によっても異なるも のであるが、通常 0. 5 m— 10 m、中でも 1 μ m— 5 μ mの範囲内とされることが 好ましい。上記範囲より幅が広い場合には、細胞接着補助部に隣接する 2つの細胞 接着部上に付着した細胞どうしが細胞接着補助部上で相互作用することが困難とな るからであり、また上記範囲より幅が狭い場合には、後述のパターユング技術ではこ のような大きさのパターンを精細に得ることが難しぐ細胞接着補助部が、上述したよ うな配列性や形態変化性に影響を及ぼすことが困難となるからである。  [0034] The width of the cell adhesion assisting portion varies depending on the type and size of the cells to be cultured, etc., but is usually within a range of 0.5 m to 10 m, especially 1 μm to 5 μm. It is preferred that If the width is wider than the above range, it becomes difficult for the cells attached to the two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the cell adhesion part to interact with each other on the cell adhesion part. When the width is narrower than the range, the cell adhesion auxiliary part, which makes it difficult to obtain a pattern of such a size in a fine pattern by the Patterjung technique described below, has an influence on the arrangement property and morphological change as described above. It is difficult to exert.
[0035] またこの際、細胞接着補助部に挟まれる細胞接着部の幅 (例えば図 1において Xで 表される距離)、もしくは細胞接着補助部と細胞非培養領域とに挟まれる細胞接着部 の幅 (例えば図 1において yで表される距離)は、培養する細胞の大きさや種類、目的 とする組織の種類等によって適宜選択されるものである力 通常 1 μ m— 200 m、 中でも 40 /z m— 80 /z mの範囲内とされることが好ましい。これにより、細胞接着部に 接着した細胞が規則的に配列することができ、かつ良好に形態変化が生じて組織を 形成することが可能となるからである。  [0035] At this time, the width of the cell-adhesive portion sandwiched between the cell-adhesion assisting portions (for example, the distance indicated by X in FIG. 1), or the width of the cell-adhesive portion sandwiched between the cell-adhesive assisting portion and the non-cell culture region The width (for example, the distance represented by y in Fig. 1) is appropriately selected depending on the size and type of cells to be cultured, the type of target tissue, and the like. Normally, 1 μm to 200 m, especially 40 / zm-80 / zm is preferable. Thereby, the cells adhered to the cell adhesion portion can be regularly arranged, and a morphological change can be satisfactorily formed to form a tissue.
[0036] 本実施態様においては、特に細胞接着補助部がライン状に形成されていることが 好ましい。これにより、細胞培養領域を形成する際の設計が容易となり、また培養され る細胞の配列性を良好なものとすることができるからである。ライン状とは、細胞接着 補助部が直線状に形成されていることをいい、例えば図 1に示すように、細胞接着補 助部 4が連続的に形成されている場合だけでなぐ例えば細胞接着補助部が破線状 に形成されている場合等も含むものとする。また本実施態様においては、一方向に 細胞接着補助部がライン状に形成された場合だけでなぐ例えば図 4に示すように、 複数の方向に細胞接着補助部 4がライン状に形成されて ヽる場合も含むものとする。 [0036] In the present embodiment, it is particularly preferable that the cell adhesion auxiliary portion is formed in a line shape. This facilitates the design when forming the cell culture region, and improves the arrangement of the cells to be cultured. Line shape means cell adhesion This means that the auxiliary part is formed in a straight line.For example, as shown in FIG. 1, only when the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 is formed continuously, for example, the cell adhesion auxiliary part is formed in a broken line. This includes cases in which it is performed. Further, in this embodiment, it is not only the case where the cell adhesion assisting portion is formed in a line in one direction. For example, as shown in FIG. 4, the cell adhesion assisting portion 4 is formed in a line in a plurality of directions. Shall be included.
[0037] またさらに、本実施態様にぉ 、ては、上記細胞接着部と細胞接着補助部との境界 が凹凸を有するパターン状に形成されていてもよい。このような凹凸を有するパター ンに沿って細胞を配列させることによって、細胞をより規則的に配列させることが可能 となるからである。またこの場合、付着した細胞がより活性化されて、効率よく細胞の 培養を行うことができる、という利点も有する。ここで、凹凸を有するパターン状とは、 細胞が規則的に配列することが可能なようなパターンであれば、特に限定されるもの ではなぐ例えば図 5に示すように、細胞接着部 3と細胞接着補助部 4との境界が直 角形状の凹凸を有するものであってもよぐまた波型形状等の凹凸を有するであって もよい。また、例えば細胞接着補助部が破線状に形成されている場合や、細胞接着 補助部がランダムなパターン状に形成されて ヽる場合であっても、この細胞接着補助 部と細胞接着部との境界は凹凸を有するパターン状に形成されているものとすること ができる。このような場合であっても、同様の効果を得ることが可能となる力もである。  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the boundary between the cell adhesion part and the cell adhesion auxiliary part may be formed in a pattern having irregularities. This is because, by arranging the cells along the pattern having such irregularities, the cells can be arranged more regularly. In this case, there is also an advantage that the attached cells are activated more and the cells can be efficiently cultured. Here, the pattern having irregularities is not particularly limited as long as the pattern allows cells to be regularly arranged.For example, as shown in FIG. The boundary with the adhesion auxiliary portion 4 may have a rectangular irregularity, or may have a corrugated irregularity. In addition, for example, even when the cell adhesion assisting portion is formed in a broken line or when the cell adhesion assisting portion is formed in a random pattern, the cell adhesion assisting portion and the cell adhesion portion are not separated. The boundary may be formed in a pattern having irregularities. Even in such a case, it is a force that can achieve the same effect.
[0038] ここで、上記凹凸の凹部端から凸部端までの距離は、細胞接着層上に細胞を付着 させた際、細胞が直線的に整列する大きさであることが好ましい。このような大きさとし て具体的には、培養する細胞の形状等によって適宜選択されるものである力 通常 凹凸の凹部端から凸部端までの距離の平均が 0. 5 /ζ πι—30 /ζ πι、中でも 1 m— 5 /z mの範囲内であることが好ましい。これにより、細胞を培養した際、細胞培養領域 の端部において細胞が欠けることなぐ目的とする形状に細胞を培養し、組織を形成 することが可能となるからである。ここで、上記凹凸を有するパターンの凹部端カも凸 部端までの距離の平均の測定は、細胞接着部と細胞接着補助部の境界 200 μ mの 範囲における各凹凸の最底部力 最頂部までの距離を測定し、その平均を算出した 値とする。  Here, it is preferable that the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the unevenness is such that the cells are linearly aligned when the cells are attached to the cell adhesive layer. Specifically, the average size of the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the irregularities is 0.5 / ζπι-30 /, which is appropriately selected depending on the shape of the cells to be cultured. ππι, particularly preferably in the range of 1 m−5 / zm. Thereby, when the cells are cultured, it becomes possible to form the tissue by culturing the cells into a target shape without chipping at the end of the cell culture region. Here, the average measurement of the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the pattern having irregularities is determined by measuring the distance between the cell adhesion part and the cell adhesion auxiliary part in the range of 200 μm at the bottom force of each irregularity to the top part. Is measured and the average is taken as the calculated value.
以下、このような細胞培養領域を構成する細胞接着部および細胞接着補助部につ いて、それぞれ説明する。 Hereinafter, the cell adhesion part and the cell adhesion auxiliary part constituting such a cell culture region will be described. And each will be described.
[0039] (細胞接着部)  [0039] (Cell adhesion part)
まず、本実施態様に用いられる細胞接着部について説明する。本実施態様におけ る細胞接着部は、細胞培養領域内において、基材上に、細胞と接着性を有する細胞 接着層が形成された領域である。上記細胞接着層は、細胞と接着性を有するもので あれば、特に限定されるものではなぐ一般的な細胞培養用パターニング基板に用 いられる、細胞と接着性を有する層を用いることができる。本実施態様においては、こ のような細胞接着層をパターン状に形成することによって、細胞接着部とすることがで き、例えば細胞と接着性を有する材料を含有する細胞接着層形成用塗工液をバタ ーン状に塗布等することによって、細胞接着部を形成することができる。また、上記細 胞接着層形成用塗工液を細胞培養領域全面に形成し、フォトリソグラフィ一法等によ つて細胞接着部を形成することもできる。  First, the cell adhesion portion used in the present embodiment will be described. The cell adhesion portion in the present embodiment is an area where a cell adhesion layer having adhesiveness to cells is formed on a substrate in a cell culture area. The cell adhesive layer is not particularly limited as long as it has an adhesive property to cells, and a layer having an adhesive property to cells used for a general patterning substrate for cell culture can be used. In this embodiment, by forming such a cell adhesive layer in a pattern, a cell adhesive portion can be formed. For example, a cell adhesive layer-forming coating containing a material having an adhesive property to cells can be obtained. By applying the solution in a pattern or the like, a cell adhesion portion can be formed. Alternatively, the coating solution for forming a cell adhesion layer may be formed on the entire surface of the cell culture region, and the cell adhesion portion may be formed by a photolithography method or the like.
[0040] また、本実施態様にぉ 、ては、上記細胞接着層が、細胞と接着性を有し、かつエネ ルギ一照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解または変性される細胞接着材料を含有す る層であり、この細胞接着層にエネルギーを照射することにより、パターユングが行わ れて細胞接着部が形成されるものとすることができる。この場合、例えば細胞接着層 を細胞培養領域の全面に形成した後、細胞接着補助部を形成するパターン状にェ ネルギーを照射することによって、光触媒の作用により細胞接着材料を分解または変 性させることができ、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着補助部と、細胞との接 着性を有する細胞接着部とを形成することができる。なお、このような細胞接着材料 を含有する細胞接着層や、その際の細胞接着補助部の形成方法等については、後 で詳しく説明する。  [0040] In the present embodiment, the cell adhesive layer contains a cell adhesive material that has adhesiveness to cells and is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying irradiation with energy. By irradiating the cell adhesion layer with energy, the pattern adhesion can be performed to form a cell adhesion portion. In this case, for example, after the cell adhesion layer is formed on the entire surface of the cell culture area, the cell adhesion material is decomposed or degraded by the action of the photocatalyst by irradiating energy in a pattern forming the cell adhesion auxiliary part. Thus, it is possible to form a cell adhesion assisting portion that inhibits adhesion to cells and a cell adhesion portion having adhesion to cells. The cell adhesive layer containing such a cell adhesive material and the method for forming the cell adhesion auxiliary portion at that time will be described in detail later.
[0041] また、本実施態様に用いられる細胞接着層は、細胞との接着阻害性を有し、かつ エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解される細胞接着阻害材料を含有する 細胞接着阻害層を細胞培養領域全面に塗布し、その後、細胞接着補助部以外の領 域に対してエネルギーを照射することにより、上記細胞接着阻害材料が分解または 変性されて細胞との接着性を有するように形成されたものであってもょ ヽ。この場合、 エネルギー照射されて細胞接着部とされた領域以外は、細胞と接着することを阻害 する領域であるため、細胞接着補助部として用いることが可能となる。このような細胞 接着阻害材料を含有する細胞接着阻害層や、その際の細胞接着層の形成方法等 についても、後で詳しく説明する。 [0041] The cell adhesion layer used in the present embodiment has a cell adhesion inhibitory property and has a cell adhesion inhibitory material that is degraded by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. By coating the entire surface of the cell culture area, and then irradiating energy to an area other than the cell adhesion auxiliary part, the above-mentioned cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed or denatured and formed to have adhesiveness to cells.たIn this case, adhesion to cells is inhibited except for the area that has been irradiated with energy and becomes the cell adhesion part. Since it is an area to be used, it can be used as a cell adhesion auxiliary part. The cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing such a cell adhesion-inhibiting material, the method for forming the cell adhesion layer at that time, and the like will be described later in detail.
[0042] (細胞接着補助部)  (Auxiliary part for cell adhesion)
次に、本実施態様における細胞培養領域の細胞接着補助部について説明する。 本実施態様における細胞接着補助部は、上記細胞培養領域中にパターン状に形成 され、かつ細胞と接着することを阻害するものであって、上記細胞接着部に細胞を付 着させた際、細胞接着補助部に隣接する 2つの細胞接着部上の細胞どうしが、細胞 接着補助部上で結合し得るように形成されて ヽるものであれば、特に限定されるもの ではない。  Next, the cell adhesion assisting portion in the cell culture region in the present embodiment will be described. The cell adhesion assisting portion in this embodiment is formed in a pattern in the cell culture region and inhibits adhesion to cells. When the cells are adhered to the cell adhesion portion, the cell adhesion assisting portion is There is no particular limitation as long as the cells on the two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the adhesion auxiliary part are formed so as to be bonded on the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
[0043] 本実施態様における細胞接着補助部は、例えば後述する基材が露出した領域等 であってもよぐまた一般的に用いられる、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着阻 害層等が形成されていてもよい。細胞接着阻害層の形成方法としては、一般的な印 刷法やフォトリソグラフィ一法、またはエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用を利用した パター-ングの方法等が挙げられる。エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用を利用し たパターニングの方法にっ ヽては、後述する細胞接着阻害材料を有する細胞接着 阻害層を用いた細胞接着層の説明の項で、併せて説明するので、ここでの説明は省 略する。  [0043] The cell adhesion assisting portion in this embodiment may be, for example, a region where the base material is exposed, which will be described later, or may be a commonly used cell adhesion inhibiting layer or the like that inhibits adhesion to cells. May be formed. Examples of the method for forming the cell adhesion inhibiting layer include a general printing method, a photolithography method, and a patterning method utilizing the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. The patterning method using the action of the photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation will be described later in the description of the cell adhesion layer using the cell adhesion inhibition layer having the cell adhesion inhibition material. The description here is omitted.
[0044] また、上述したように、細胞接着層が、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により 分解または変性される細胞接着材料を含有する層である場合には、細胞接着補助 部は、この細胞接着材料の分解物または変性物等が残存した領域等であってもよ!/ヽ 。この場合における細胞接着補助部の形成方法は、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の 作用により分解等される細胞接着材料を含有する細胞接着層の説明の項で、併せて 説明するので、ここでの説明は省略する。  Further, as described above, when the cell adhesion layer is a layer containing a cell adhesion material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the cell adhesion auxiliary part is It may be a region where a decomposed or denatured material of the material remains or the like! / ヽ. The method of forming the cell adhesion assisting portion in this case will be described together with the description of the cell adhesion layer containing the cell adhesion material which is decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. Omitted.
[0045] 2.基材  [0045] 2. Base material
次に、本実施態様に用いられる基材について説明する。本実施態様に用いられる 基材としては、上記細胞培養領域を形成可能なものであれば、特に限定されるもの ではなぐ例えば金属、ガラス、シリコン等の無機材料、およびプラスチックで代表さ れる有機材料等を用いることができる。また、基材の可撓性や透明性等は細胞培養 用パター-ング基板の種類や用途等によって適宜選択される。 Next, the base material used in the present embodiment will be described. The substrate used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it can form the above-described cell culture region. Examples thereof include inorganic materials such as metal, glass, and silicon, and plastics. Organic materials and the like can be used. The flexibility and transparency of the substrate are appropriately selected depending on the type and use of the patterning substrate for cell culture.
[0046] ここで、本実施態様にぉ 、ては、基材上の細胞培養領域以外の領域は、細胞を培 養しな 、細胞非培養領域とされるので、細胞と接着することを阻害するものであること が好ましぐ例えば、上記細胞培養領域以外の細胞非培養領域には、細胞と接着す ることを阻害する層等が形成されて ヽてもよ ヽ。  Here, in this embodiment, since the region other than the cell culture region on the substrate is a cell non-culture region without culturing cells, adhesion to cells is inhibited. For example, a layer or the like that inhibits adhesion to cells may be formed in a non-cultured cell region other than the above-mentioned cell culture region.
[0047] 3.細胞培養用パターニング基板  [0047] 3. Patterning substrate for cell culture
次に、本実施態様の細胞培養用パターユング基板について説明する。本実施態様 の細胞培養用パターユング基板は、上述した基材上に細胞培養領域が形成されて いるものであれば、特に限定されるものではなぐ必要に応じて、例えば遮光部等の 部材が形成されて 、るものであってもよ 、。  Next, the putter substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment will be described. The cell culture puttering substrate of the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the cell culture region is formed on the above-described base material. It may be formed, something.
[0048] 4.その他  [0048] 4. Other
上述したように、本実施態様の細胞培養用パターユング基板の細胞培養領域に用 いられる細胞接着層は、(1)エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解または 変性される細胞接着材料を含有するものであってもよぐまた、(2)細胞と接着するこ とを阻害する細胞接着阻害性を有し、かつエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用によ り分解または変性される細胞接着阻害材料を含有する細胞接着阻害層を形成した 後、エネルギー照射することにより、細胞接着阻害材料を分解または変性させること により形成されたものであってもょ 、。  As described above, the cell adhesion layer used for the cell culture region of the cell culture puttering substrate of the present embodiment contains (1) a cell adhesion material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. In addition, (2) a cell adhesion-inhibiting material that has a cell adhesion-inhibiting property of inhibiting cell adhesion and is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. It may be formed by decomposing or denaturing a cell adhesion inhibiting material by irradiating energy after forming a cell adhesion inhibiting layer to be contained.
以下、それぞれについてわけて説明する。  Hereinafter, each will be described separately.
[0049] I. (1)の場合 [0049] I. In the case of (1)
まず、細胞接着層が、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解または変性さ れる細胞接着材料を含有するものである場合にっ 、て説明する。このような細胞接 着材料を含有する細胞接着層としては、以下の 3つの態様が挙げられる。  First, the case where the cell adhesive layer contains a cell adhesive material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation will be described. Examples of the cell adhesion layer containing such a cell adhesion material include the following three embodiments.
[0050] 第 1の態様としては、細胞接着層が、光触媒および細胞接着材料を含有する光触 媒含有細胞接着層であり、この光触媒含有細胞接着層にエネルギー照射された場 合、光触媒含有細胞接着層自体に含有される光触媒の作用によって、細胞接着材 料が分解または変性される場合である。 [0051] 第 2の態様としては、少なくとも細胞接着材料を含有する細胞接着層が、光触媒を 少なくとも含有する光触媒処理層上に形成されており、細胞接着層にエネルギーが 照射された場合、細胞接着層中の細胞接着材料が、隣接する光触媒処理層中の光 触媒の作用により分解または変性される場合である。 [0050] In a first embodiment, the cell adhesion layer is a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer containing a photocatalyst and a cell adhesion material, and when the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer is irradiated with energy, the photocatalyst-containing cell This is the case where the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst contained in the adhesive layer itself. [0051] In a second embodiment, a cell adhesion layer containing at least a cell adhesion material is formed on a photocatalyst treatment layer containing at least a photocatalyst, and when the cell adhesion layer is irradiated with energy, This is the case when the cell adhesive material in the layer is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the adjacent photocatalyst treatment layer.
[0052] 第 3の態様としては、少なくとも細胞接着材料を含有する細胞接着層が基材上に形 成されており、エネルギー照射の際、少なくとも光触媒を含有する光触媒含有層等を 細胞接着層と対向させて、エネルギーを照射することによって、細胞接着材料が対 向する光触媒含有層中の光触媒の作用により分解または変性される場合である。 以下、それぞれの態様ごとに説明する。  [0052] In a third embodiment, at least a cell adhesion layer containing a cell adhesion material is formed on a base material, and at the time of energy irradiation, at least a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst is referred to as a cell adhesion layer. This is the case where the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the opposing photocatalyst-containing layer by irradiating the energy with facing the energy. Hereinafter, each embodiment will be described.
[0053] (1)第 1の態様  [0053] (1) First aspect
まず、細胞接着層が、光触媒および細胞接着材料を含有する光触媒含有細胞接 着層であり、その光触媒含有細胞接着層にエネルギー照射された場合、光触媒含 有細胞接着層自体に含有される光触媒の作用によって、細胞接着材料が分解また は変性される場合について説明する。  First, the cell adhesion layer is a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer containing a photocatalyst and a cell adhesion material, and when the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer is irradiated with energy, the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer itself is removed. The case where the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action will be described.
[0054] 本態様によれば、光触媒含有細胞接着層が光触媒と、上記細胞接着材料とを含有 することから、光触媒含有細胞接着層にエネルギーを照射することによって、細胞接 着材料を光触媒の作用により、分解または変性させることができ、エネルギーが照射 された領域を、細胞が接着しない細胞接着補助部とすることができる。また、ェネル ギ一が照射されていない領域は、細胞接着材料が残存することから、細胞との接着 性が良好な細胞接着部とすることができる。したがって、特別な装置や複雑な工程を 必要とせず、パターン状にエネルギーを照射することにより、細胞接着部の中に、細 胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着補助部を容易に形成することが可能となる。  [0054] According to this embodiment, since the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer contains the photocatalyst and the above-mentioned cell adhesive material, by irradiating the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer with energy, the action of the photocatalyst is improved. Thus, the region irradiated with energy can be used as a cell adhesion assisting portion to which cells do not adhere. In addition, since the cell adhesive material remains in the area where the energy has not been irradiated, a cell adhesive portion having good adhesion to cells can be formed. Therefore, by irradiating energy in a pattern without special devices or complicated steps, it is possible to easily form a cell adhesion auxiliary part in the cell adhesion part that inhibits adhesion to cells. Becomes possible.
[0055] このような光触媒含有細胞接着層の形成は、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用 により分解または変性される細胞接着材料および光触媒を含有する光触媒含有細 胞接着層形成用塗工液を塗布すること等により、行うことができる。この光触媒含有 細胞接着層形成用塗工液の塗布は、一般的な塗布方法を用いて行うことができ、例 えばスピンコート法、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、ロールコート法、ビードコー ト法等を用いることができる。 [0056] この際、上記光触媒含有細胞接着層の膜厚としては、細胞培養用パターニング基 板の種類等によって適宜選択されるものである力 通常 0. Ol /z m—l. O /z m程度、 中でも 0. 1 μ m— 0. 3 μ m程度とすること力 Sできる。 [0055] In forming such a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer, a coating solution for forming a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer containing a photocatalyst and a cell adhesive material that is decomposed or modified by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation is applied. It can be performed by the following. The coating solution for forming the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer can be applied by a general coating method, for example, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a roll coating method, a bead coating method, or the like. Can be used. At this time, the film thickness of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer is a force which is appropriately selected depending on the type of the cell culture patterning substrate and the like, and is usually about 0.1 Ol / zm—l.O / zm, Above all, a force of about 0.1 μm-0.3 μm can be achieved.
[0057] 以下、本態様に用いられる光触媒含有細胞接着層に含有される、細胞接着材料、 および光触媒について説明し、さらに細胞接着補助部の形成方法について説明す る。 Hereinafter, a cell adhesive material and a photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer used in the present embodiment will be described, and further, a method for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary portion will be described.
[0058] a.細胞接着材料  [0058] a. Cell adhesive material
まず、本態様の光触媒含有細胞接着層に含有される細胞接着材料につ!ヽて説明 する。本態様の光触媒含有細胞接着層に含有される細胞接着材料は、細胞と接着 性を有しかつエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解または変性されるもの であれば、その種類等は特に限定されるものではない。ここで、細胞と接着性を有す るとは、細胞と良好に接着することをいい、細胞との接着性が細胞の種類によって異 なる場合等には、目的とする細胞と良好に接着することをいう。  First, the cell adhesive material contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer of the present embodiment will be described. The type of the cell adhesive material contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer of this embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it has adhesiveness to cells and is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. Not something. Here, having an adhesive property with a cell means that the cell adheres well to the cell, and when the adhesive property with the cell varies depending on the type of the cell, etc., it adheres well to a target cell. That means.
[0059] 本態様に用いられる細胞接着材料は、このような細胞との接着性を有しており、ェ ネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用によって分解または変性されて、細胞との接着性 を有しなくなるものや、細胞との接着を阻害する細胞接着阻害性を有するものに変化 するもの等が用いられる。  [0059] The cell adhesive material used in the present embodiment has such adhesion to cells, and is degraded or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, and has adhesion to cells. Those that disappear or those that change to those having cell adhesion inhibitory properties that inhibit adhesion to cells are used.
[0060] ここで、上記のような細胞と接着性を有する材料には、物理ィ匕学的特性により細胞 と接着性を有する材料と、生物化学的特性により細胞と接着性を有する材料との 2種 類;^ある。  [0060] Here, the material having an adhesive property to cells as described above includes a material having an adhesive property to cells due to physical properties and a material having an adhesive property to cells due to biochemical properties. There are two types; ^.
[0061] 物理化学的特性により細胞と接着性を有する材料の、細胞との接着性を決定する 物理ィ匕学的な因子としては、表面自由エネルギーや、静電相互作用等が挙げられる 。例えば細胞との接着性が材料の表面自由エネルギーにより決定される場合には、 材料が所定の範囲内の表面自由エネルギーを有すると細胞と材料との接着性が良 好となり、その範囲を外れると細胞と材料との接着性が低下することとなる。このような 表面自由エネルギーによる細胞の接着性の変化としては、例えば資料 CMC出版 ノ^オマテリアルの最先端 筏 義人 (監修) p. 109下部に示されるような実験結果 が知られている。このような因子により細胞との接着性を有する材料としては、例えば 親水化ポリスチレン、ポリ(N イソプロピルアクリルアミド)等が挙げられる。このような 材料を用いた場合、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により、例えば上記材料の 表面の官能基が置換等されたり、分解されること等によって、表面自由エネルギーが 変化し、細胞との接着性を有しないもの、または細胞接着阻害性を有するものとする ことができる。 [0061] Physically determinant factors that determine the adhesiveness between cells and a material having adhesiveness to cells based on physicochemical properties include surface free energy and electrostatic interaction. For example, when the adhesiveness to cells is determined by the surface free energy of the material, if the material has a surface free energy within a predetermined range, the adhesiveness between the cells and the material becomes good, and if the material falls outside the range, the material has good surface free energy. Adhesion between the cells and the material will be reduced. As the change in cell adhesiveness due to such surface free energy, for example, the experimental results shown in the lower part of Yoshinobu Raft, supervised by CMC Publishing Noo Materials, p. 109, are known. Materials having adhesive properties to cells due to such factors include, for example, Examples include hydrophilized polystyrene and poly (N-isopropylacrylamide). When such a material is used, the surface free energy changes due to, for example, substitution or decomposition of a functional group on the surface of the material due to the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, and adhesion to cells. It may be one having no property, or one having cell adhesion inhibitory property.
[0062] また、静電相互作用等により細胞と材料との接着性が決定される場合、例えば材料 が有する正電荷の量等によって細胞との接着性が決定されることとなる。このような静 電相互作用により細胞との接着性を有する材料としては、例えばポリリジン等の塩基 性高分子、ァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、 N— (2—アミノエチル)—3—ァミノプロピル トリメトキシシラン等の塩基性ィ匕合物およびそれらを含む縮合物等が挙げられる。この ような材料を用いた場合、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により、上記材料が分 解または変性されることによって、例えば表面に存在する正電荷量を変化させること ができ、細胞との接着性を有しないもの、または細胞接着阻害性を有するものとする ことができる。  [0062] Further, when the adhesiveness between the cell and the material is determined by the electrostatic interaction or the like, the adhesiveness to the cell is determined by, for example, the amount of the positive charge of the material. Examples of the material having an adhesive property to cells by such an electrostatic interaction include basic polymers such as polylysine, aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane. And condensates containing them. When such a material is used, the above-mentioned material is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, for example, the amount of positive charges present on the surface can be changed, and the adhesion to cells can be improved. Having no, or having cell adhesion inhibitory properties.
[0063] また、生物学的特性により細胞と接着性を有する材料としては、特定の細胞と接着 性が良好なもの、または多くの細胞と接着性が良好なもの等が挙げられ、具体的に は、フイブロネクチン、ラミニン、テネイシン、ビトロネクチン、 RGD (アルギ-ンーグリシ ンーァスパラギン酸)配列含有ペプチド、 YIGSR (チロシン イソロイシン グリシンーセ リン アルギニン)配列含有ペプチド、コラーゲン、ァテロコラーゲン、ゼラチン等が挙 げられる。このような材料を用いた場合、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により、 例えば上記材料の構造の一部を破壊したり、主鎖を破壊すること等によって、細胞と の接着性を有しな 、もの、または細胞接着阻害性を有するものとすることができる。  [0063] Examples of the material having adhesive properties to cells due to its biological properties include those having good adhesive properties with specific cells, those having good adhesive properties with many cells, and the like. Examples include fibronectin, laminin, tenascin, vitronectin, a peptide containing an RGD (arginine-glycine-aspartate) sequence, a peptide containing a YIGSR (tyrosine isoleucine glycine-serine arginine) sequence, collagen, atelocollagen, gelatin and the like. When such a material is used, it does not have adhesiveness to cells by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, for example, by destroying a part of the structure of the material or destroying the main chain. Or have cell adhesion inhibitory properties.
[0064] このような細胞接着材料は、上記材料の種類等によって異なるものであるが、光触 媒含有細胞接着層中に通常 0. 01重量%— 95重量%、中でも 1重量%— 10重量% 含有されることが好ましい。これにより、細胞接着材料を含有する領域を細胞との接 着性が良好な領域とすることができるからである。  [0064] Such a cell adhesive material varies depending on the kind of the above-mentioned material and the like, but is usually 0.01% to 95% by weight, especially 1% to 10% by weight in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer. % Is preferably contained. Thereby, the region containing the cell adhesive material can be a region having good adhesion to cells.
[0065] b.光触媒  [0065] b. Photocatalyst
次に、本態様の光触媒含有細胞接着層に含有される光触媒について説明する。 本態様に用いられる光触媒は、上述した細胞接着材料を、エネルギー照射に伴う光 触媒の作用によって分解または変性させることが可能なものであれば、特に限定され るものではない。 Next, the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer of the present embodiment will be described. The photocatalyst used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it can decompose or modify the above-mentioned cell adhesive material by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation.
[0066] ここで、後述するような酸ィ匕チタンに代表される光触媒の作用機構は、必ずしも明 確なものではないが、光の照射によって生成したキャリア力 近傍の化合物との直接 反応、あるいは、酸素、水の存在下で生じた活性酸素種によって、有機物の化学構 造に変化を及ぼすものと考えられている。本態様においては、このキャリアが上述し た細胞接着材料に作用を及ぼすものであると思われる。  Here, the action mechanism of a photocatalyst represented by titanium oxide as described later is not necessarily clear, but it is possible to directly react with a compound near the carrier force generated by light irradiation, or It is thought that active oxygen species generated in the presence of oxygen, water, and water change the chemical structure of organic matter. In this embodiment, it is considered that this carrier has an effect on the above-mentioned cell adhesion material.
[0067] 本態様に用いられる光触媒として、具体的には、光半導体として知られる例えば二 酸化チタン (TiO )、酸化亜鉛 (ZnO)、酸化スズ(SnO )、チタン酸ストロンチウム(S  As the photocatalyst used in the present embodiment, specifically, for example, titanium dioxide (TiO 2), zinc oxide (ZnO), tin oxide (SnO 2), strontium titanate (S
2 2  twenty two
rTiO )、酸化タングステン (WO )、酸化ビスマス(Bi O )、および酸化鉄(Fe O )を rTiO), tungsten oxide (WO), bismuth oxide (Bi O), and iron oxide (Fe O)
3 3 2 3 2 3 挙げることができ、これら力も選択して 1種または 2種以上を混合して用いることができ る。 3 3 2 3 2 3, and these forces can also be selected and used alone or in combination of two or more.
[0068] 本態様においては、特に二酸ィ匕チタン力 バンドギャップエネルギーが高ぐ化学 的に安定で毒性もなぐ入手も容易であることから好適に使用される。二酸化チタン には、アナターゼ型とルチル型があり本態様ではいずれも使用することができるが、 アナターゼ型の二酸ィ匕チタンが好まし アナターゼ型ニ酸化チタンは励起波長が [0068] In this embodiment, titanium dioxide is particularly preferably used because it has a high band gap energy, is chemically stable, is toxic, and is easily available. Titanium dioxide has an anatase type and a rutile type, and any of them can be used in the present embodiment. However, an anatase type titanium dioxide is preferred.
380 以下にある。 380 or less.
[0069] このようなアナターゼ型ニ酸化チタンとしては、例えば、塩酸解膠型のアナターゼ 型チタニアゾル (石原産業 (株)製 STS - 02 (平均粒径 7nm)、石原産業 (株)製 ST - K01)、硝酸解膠型のアナターゼ型チタ-ァゾル (日産化学 (株)製 TA— 15 (平均粒 径 12nm) )等を挙げることができる。  Examples of such anatase-type titanium dioxide include, for example, anatase-type titania sol of peptized hydrochloric acid (STS-02 (average particle size: 7 nm) manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) and ST-K01 manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. ), Nitrate peptized anatase-type titazole (TA-15 (average particle size: 12 nm) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the like.
[0070] 光触媒の粒径は小さいほど光触媒反応が効果的に起こるので好ましぐ平均粒径 が 50nm以下が好ましぐ 20nm以下の光触媒を使用するのが特に好ましい。  [0070] The smaller the particle size of the photocatalyst is, the more effectively the photocatalytic reaction takes place. Therefore, it is particularly preferable to use a photocatalyst having a preferred average particle size of 50 nm or less, preferably 20 nm or less.
[0071] 本態様の光触媒含有細胞接着層における光触媒の含有量は、 5— 95重量%、好 ましくは 10— 60重量%、さらに好ましくは 20— 40重量%の範囲で設定することがで きる。  [0071] The content of the photocatalyst in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer of this embodiment can be set in the range of 5 to 95% by weight, preferably 10 to 60% by weight, and more preferably 20 to 40% by weight. Wear.
これにより、光触媒含有細胞接着層のエネルギー照射された領域の細胞接着材料を 分解または変性することが可能となるからである。 Thereby, the cell adhesive material in the energy-irradiated region of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer is removed. This is because it can be decomposed or denatured.
[0072] ここで、本態様に用いられる光触媒は、例えば高い親水性を有すること等によって、 細胞との接着性が低いものであることが好ましい。これにより、上述した細胞接着材料 が分解等されて光触媒が露出した領域を、細胞との接着性が低 ヽ領域として用いる ことが可能となるからである。  Here, it is preferable that the photocatalyst used in the present embodiment has low adhesiveness to cells, for example, by having high hydrophilicity. This makes it possible to use the region where the photocatalyst is exposed due to the decomposition of the cell adhesive material or the like as the region having low adhesion to cells.
[0073] cその他  [0073] c Other
本態様においては、光触媒含有細胞接着層中に、上記細胞接着材料や光触媒だ けでなぐ必要に応じて例えば、強度や耐性等を向上させるバインダ等を含有するも のであってもよい。本態様においては、特にバインダとして、少なくともエネルギー照 射された後に、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着阻害性を有する材料が用い られることが好ましい。これにより、エネルギー照射された領域である細胞接着補助部 の細胞との接着性を低 、ものとすることができるからである。このような材料としては、 例えばエネルギー照射される前から上記細胞接着阻害性を有するものであってもよ ぐエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用によって、細胞接着阻害性を有するものとな るものであってもよい。  In this embodiment, the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer may contain, for example, a binder or the like that improves the strength, resistance, or the like, if necessary, in addition to the cell adhesive material and the photocatalyst alone. In the present embodiment, it is preferable that a material having a cell adhesion-inhibiting property of inhibiting adhesion to cells at least after energy irradiation is used as the binder. Thereby, the adhesiveness of the cell adhesion assisting portion, which is the region irradiated with energy, to the cells can be reduced. As such a material, for example, a material having the above-described cell adhesion inhibitory property before the energy irradiation may be made to have the cell adhesion inhibitory property by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. You may.
[0074] 本態様にお 、ては、特にエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用によって、細胞接着 阻害性を有するものとなる材料をバインダとして用いることが好ましい。これにより、ェ ネルギ一照射される前の領域にぉ 、ては、上記細胞接着材料の細胞との接着性を 阻害することがなぐエネルギー照射された領域のみを、細胞との接着性が低いもの とすることができる力 である。  [0074] In this embodiment, it is preferable to use, as a binder, a material that has cell adhesion inhibitory property particularly by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. As a result, in the area before the energy irradiation, only the energy-irradiated area where the adhesion of the cell adhesive material to the cell is not hindered, Is a force that can be
[0075] このようなバインダとして用いられる材料としては、例えば主骨格が上記の光触媒の 光励起により分解されないような高い結合エネルギーを有するものであって、光触媒 の作用により分解されるような有機置換基を有するものが好ましぐ例えば、(1)ゾル ゲル反応等によりクロ口またはアルコキシシラン等を加水分解、重縮合して大きな強 度を発揮するオルガノポリシロキサン、 (2)撥水牲ゃ撥油性に優れた反応性シリコー ンを架橋したオルガノポリシロキサン等を挙げることができる。  As a material used as such a binder, for example, an organic substituent whose main skeleton has a high binding energy that is not decomposed by the photoexcitation of the photocatalyst and that is decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst is used. For example, (1) an organopolysiloxane which exerts large strength by hydrolyzing or polycondensing a black hole or alkoxysilane by a sol-gel reaction or the like, (2) water repellency, oil repellency And organopolysiloxanes obtained by cross-linking reactive silicones having excellent properties.
[0076] 上記の(1)の場合、一般式:  In the case of the above (1), the general formula:
Y SiX (ここで、 Yはアルキル基、フルォロアルキル基、ビュル基、アミノ基、フエ-ル基もしく はエポキシ基、またはこれらを含む有機基であり、 Xはアルコキシル基、ァセチル基ま たはハロゲンを示す。 ηは 0— 3までの整数である。 ) Y SiX (Where Y is an alkyl group, fluoroalkyl group, butyl group, amino group, phenol group or epoxy group, or an organic group containing them, and X represents an alkoxyl group, an acetyl group or a halogen. Η is an integer from 0 to 3.)
で示される珪素化合物の 1種または 2種以上の加水分解縮合物もしくは共加水分解 縮合物であるオルガノポリシロキサンであることが好ましい。なお、ここで Υで示される 有機基の炭素数は 1一 20の範囲内であることが好ましぐまた、 Xで示されるアルコキ シ基は、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基であることが好ましい。  It is preferable that the organopolysiloxane is one or more hydrolytic condensates or cohydrolytic condensates of the silicon compound represented by Here, the carbon number of the organic group represented by Υ is preferably in the range of 120.Alkoxy group represented by X is a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group. Preferably, there is.
[0077] また、上記の(2)の反応性シリコーンとしては、下記一般式で表される骨格をもつ化 合物を挙げることができる。  [0077] Examples of the reactive silicone of the above (2) include compounds having a skeleton represented by the following general formula.
[0078] [化 1]  [0078] [Formula 1]
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
[0079] ただし、 nは 2以上の整数であり、 R1, R2はそれぞれ炭素数 1一 20の置換もしくは非 置換のアルキル、ァルケ-ル、ァリールあるいはシァノアルキル基であり、モル比で全 体の 40%以下がビュル、フエ-ル、ハロゲン化フエ-ルである。また、 R R2がメチル 基のものが表面エネルギーが最も小さくなるので好ましぐモル比でメチル基が 60% 以上であることが好ましい。また、鎖末端もしくは側鎖には、分子鎖中に少なくとも 1個 以上の水酸基等の反応性基を有する。上記のような材料を用いることによって、エネ ルギ一照射に伴う光触媒の作用により、エネルギー照射された領域の表面を高い親 水性を有するものとすることができる。これにより、細胞との接着が阻害され、ェネル ギー照射された領域には細胞が接着しないものとすることができるからである。 [0079] Here, n is an integer of 2 or more, and R 1 and R 2 are each a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkaryl, aryl, or cyanoalkyl group having a carbon number of 120, and the whole is a molar ratio. Less than 40% of these are bulls, phenols and halogenated phenols. When RR 2 is a methyl group, the surface energy is minimized, so that the methyl group is preferably 60% or more at a preferable molar ratio. Further, the chain terminal or the side chain has at least one or more reactive group such as a hydroxyl group in the molecular chain. By using such a material, the surface of the region irradiated with the energy can be made highly hydrophilic by the action of the photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. Thereby, the adhesion to the cells is inhibited, and the cells do not adhere to the energy-irradiated region.
[0080] 上記材料を細胞接着阻害性を有する材料として用いる場合、エネルギーが照射さ れる前の水との接触角が 15° — 120° 、中でも 20° — 100° の範囲内となるもので あることが好ましい。これにより、細胞との接着性を良好なものとすることができるから である。 [0080] When the above material is used as a material having cell adhesion inhibiting properties, the contact angle with water before irradiation with energy is in the range of 15 ° to 120 °, especially 20 ° to 100 °. Is preferred. This makes it possible to improve the adhesion to cells. It is.
[0081] また、この細胞接着阻害性を有する材料にエネルギーが照射された場合には、水 との接触角が 10° 以下となるものであることが好ましい。上記範囲とすることにより、 高い親水性を有するものとすることができ、細胞との接着性を低いものとすることがで さるカゝらである。  [0081] Further, when energy is applied to the material having the cell adhesion inhibiting property, the material preferably has a contact angle with water of 10 ° or less. By setting the content in the above range, it is possible to obtain a polymer having high hydrophilicity and low adhesiveness to cells.
[0082] なお、ここでいう水との接触角は、水、もしくは同等の接触角を有する液体との接触 角を接触角測定器 (協和界面科学 (株)製 CA-Z型)を用 、て測定 (マイクロシリンジ 力も液滴を滴下して 30秒後)し、その結果から、もしくはその結果をグラフにして得た ものである。  [0082] The contact angle with water here is measured using a contact angle measuring instrument (CA-Z type manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.) with a contact angle with water or a liquid having an equivalent contact angle. Measurement (micro-syringe force 30 seconds after dropping the droplet), and obtained from the results or as a graph.
[0083] また、上記のオルガノポリシロキサンとともに、ジメチルポリシロキサンのような架橋反 応をしな 、安定なオルガノシリコンィ匕合物をバインダに混合してもよ 、。  Further, a stable organosilicon conjugate, which does not undergo a crosslinking reaction like dimethylpolysiloxane, may be mixed with the above-mentioned organopolysiloxane in a binder.
また、本態様においては、エネルギーが照射された領域の濡れ性の変化を起こさ せること等により、細胞との接着性が低下する、もしくはそのような変化を補助する分 解物質等を含有するものであってもよ 、。  Further, in the present embodiment, the adhesiveness to cells is reduced by causing a change in wettability of an area irradiated with energy, or a substance containing a decomposed substance or the like that assists such a change. It may be.
[0084] このような分解物質としては、例えばエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分 解等されて、親水性となること等により、細胞との接着性が低下する界面活性剤等を 挙げることができる。具体的には、 日光ケミカルズ (株)製 NIKKOL BL、BC、BO、 BBの各シリーズ等の炭化水素系、デュポン社製 ZONYL FSN、 FSO、旭硝子 (株 )製サーフロン S— 141、 145、大日本インキ化学工業 (株)製メガファック F— 141、 14 4、ネオス(株)製フタージェント F—200、 F251、ダイキン工業 (株)製ュ-ダイン DS— 401、 402、スリーェム(株)製フロラード FC— 170、 176等のシリコーン系の非イオン 界面活性剤を挙げることができ、また、カチオン系界面活性剤、ァ-オン系界面活性 剤、両性界面活性剤を用いることもできる。  [0084] Examples of such a decomposed substance include, for example, a surfactant that is decomposed or the like by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, becomes hydrophilic, and reduces the adhesiveness to cells. it can. Specific examples include hydrocarbons such as NIKKOL BL, BC, BO, and BB series from Nikko Chemicals, ZONYL FSN and FSO from DuPont, Surflon S-141, 145 from Asahi Glass, and Dainippon Japan. Megafac F-141, 144, manufactured by Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Futergent F-200, F251, manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd., Dudyne DS-401, 402, manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd., Florad manufactured by Threeem Co., Ltd. Examples thereof include silicone-based nonionic surfactants such as FC-170 and 176, and cationic surfactants, ion-based surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants can also be used.
[0085] また、界面活性剤の他にも、ポリビニルアルコール、不飽和ポリエステル、アクリル 榭脂、ポリエチレン、ジァリルフタレート、エチレンプロピレンジェンモノマー、ェポキ シ榭脂、フエノール榭脂、ポリウレタン、メラミン榭脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリ塩ィ匕ビ二 ル、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、スチレンブタジエンゴム、クロロプレンゴム、ポリプロピレン、 ポリブチレン、ポリスチレン、ポリ酢酸ビュル、ナイロン、ポリエステル、ポリブタジエン、 ポリべンズイミダゾール、ポリアクリル-トリル、ェピクロルヒドリン、ポリサルファイド、ポ リイソプレン等のオリゴマー、ポリマー等を挙げることができる。 [0085] In addition to the surfactant, polyvinyl alcohol, unsaturated polyester, acrylic resin, polyethylene, diaryl phthalate, ethylene propylene diene monomer, epoxy resin, phenol resin, polyurethane, melamine resin , Polycarbonate, polychlorinated vinyl, polyamide, polyimide, styrene butadiene rubber, chloroprene rubber, polypropylene, polybutylene, polystyrene, polyvinyl acetate, nylon, polyester, polybutadiene, Examples thereof include oligomers and polymers such as polybenzimidazole, polyacryl-tolyl, epichlorohydrin, polysulfide, and polyisoprene.
[0086] 本態様にぉ ヽては、このようなバインダは、光触媒含有細胞接着層中に 5重量%— 95重量%、中でも 40重量%—90重量%、特に 60重量%—80重量%の範囲内含 有されることが好ましい。  [0086] In the present embodiment, such a binder is contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer in an amount of 5 wt% to 95 wt%, particularly 40 wt% to 90 wt%, particularly 60 wt% to 80 wt%. It is preferable to be contained within the range.
[0087] また、本態様にぉ 、ては、基材の細胞培養領域上に、必要に応じて遮光部が形成 されていてもよい。これにより、上記光触媒含有細胞接着層の全面に、基材側からェ ネルギーを照射した場合に、遮光部が形成された領域上の光触媒は励起されず、遮 光部が形成された領域以外の細胞接着層中に含有される細胞接着材料を分解また は変性させることができる力 である。  [0087] In this embodiment, a light-shielding portion may be formed on the cell culture region of the base material, if necessary. Accordingly, when the entire surface of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer is irradiated with energy from the substrate side, the photocatalyst on the region where the light shielding portion is formed is not excited, and the region other than the region where the light shielding portion is formed is not excited. It is a force capable of decomposing or denaturing the cell adhesion material contained in the cell adhesion layer.
[0088] このような遮光部としては、細胞接着補助部の形成の際に照射されるエネルギーを 遮断することが可能なものであれば、特に限定されるものではなぐ例えばスパッタリ ング法、真空蒸着法等により厚み 1000— 2000A程度のクロム等の金属薄膜を形成 し、この薄膜をパターユングすることにより形成されてもよい。このパターユングの方法 としては、スパッタ等の通常のパターユング方法を用いることができる。  [0088] Such a light-shielding portion is not particularly limited as long as it can block the energy applied when the cell adhesion assisting portion is formed. For example, a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like can be used. It may be formed by forming a metal thin film of chrome or the like having a thickness of about 1000 to 2000 A by a method or the like, and patterning the thin film. As a method of this puttering, a normal puttering method such as sputtering can be used.
[0089] また、榭脂バインダ中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の 遮光性粒子を含有させた層をパターン状に形成する方法であってもよい。用いられ る榭脂バインダとしては、ポリイミド榭脂、アクリル榭脂、エポキシ榭脂、ポリアクリルァ ミド、ポリビュルアルコール、ゼラチン、カゼイン、セルロース等の榭脂を 1種または 2 種以上混合したものや、感光性榭脂、さらには OZWェマルジヨン型の榭脂組成物、 例えば、反応性シリコーンをェマルジヨンィ匕したもの等を用いることができる。このよう な榭脂製遮光部の厚みとしては、 0. 5— 10 mの範囲内で設定することができる。こ のような榭脂製遮光部のパターユングの方法は、フォトリソ法、印刷法等一般的に用 V、られて 、る方法を用いることができる。  [0089] Further, a method in which a layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments in a resin binder may be formed in a pattern. Examples of the resin binder used include one or a mixture of two or more resins such as polyimide resin, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, polyacrylamide, polybutyl alcohol, gelatin, casein, and cellulose. A reactive resin, or an OZW emulsion type resin composition, for example, an emulsion obtained by emulsifying a reactive silicone can be used. The thickness of such a resin light-shielding portion can be set within a range of 0.5 to 10 m. As a method of patterning the resin light-shielding portion, a commonly used method such as a photolithography method and a printing method can be used.
[0090] d.細胞接着補助部の形成方法  [0090] d. Method of forming cell adhesion auxiliary part
次に、本態様における細胞接着補助部の形成方法について説明する。本態様に おいては、例えば図 6に示すように、上記細胞接着材料および光触媒を含有する光 触媒含有細胞接着層 7に、例えばフォトマスク 5等を用いてエネルギー 6を、細胞接 着補助部を形成するパターン状に照射することにより(図 6 (a) )、細胞接着層 7中に、 細胞接着性材料が分解または変性されて、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着 補助部 4を形成することができる(図 6 (b) )。この際、細胞接着補助部には、光触媒、 および細胞接着材料の分解物や変性物等が含有されることとなる。 Next, a method for forming the cell adhesion assisting portion in this embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 6, an energy 6 is applied to the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer 7 containing the cell adhesion material and the photocatalyst by using, for example, a photomask 5 or the like. By irradiating in a pattern to form the adhesion-assisting portion (FIG. 6 (a)), the cell-adhesive material is decomposed or denatured in the cell-adhesive layer 7 and inhibits adhesion to cells. The part 4 can be formed (FIG. 6 (b)). In this case, the photocatalyst and the decomposed or denatured product of the cell adhesion material are contained in the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
[0091] ここで、本態様で 、うエネルギー照射 (露光)とは、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の 作用によって、細胞接着材料を分解または変性させることが可能な 、かなるエネルギ 一線の照射をも含む概念であり、光の照射に限定されるものではない。  [0091] Here, in the present embodiment, "energy irradiation (exposure)" includes irradiation with a single energy beam capable of decomposing or denaturing a cell adhesion material by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. This is a concept and is not limited to light irradiation.
[0092] 通常このようなエネルギー照射に用いる光の波長は、 400nm以下の範囲、好ましく は 380nm以下の範囲力 設定される。これは、上述したように光触媒として用いられ る好ましい光触媒が二酸ィ匕チタンであり、この二酸ィ匕チタンにより光触媒作用を活性 化させるエネルギーとして、上述した波長の光が好まし 、からである。  [0092] The wavelength of light used for such energy irradiation is generally set to a range of 400 nm or less, preferably 380 nm or less. This is because, as described above, a preferred photocatalyst used as a photocatalyst is titanium dioxide, and light having the above-mentioned wavelength is preferred as energy for activating photocatalysis by the titanium dioxide. is there.
[0093] このようなエネルギー照射に用いることができる光源としては、水銀ランプ、メタルノヽ ライドランプ、キセノンランプ、エキシマランプ、その他種々の光源を挙げることができ る。  [0093] Examples of the light source that can be used for such energy irradiation include a mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer lamp, and various other light sources.
[0094] 上述したような光源を用い、フォトマスクを介したパターン照射により行う方法の他、 エキシマ、 YAG等のレーザを用いてパターン状に描画照射する方法を用いることも 可能である。また、上述したように、基材が細胞接着部と同じパターン状に遮光部を 有する場合には、基材側カもエネルギーを全面に照射することにより、行うことができ る。この場合、フォトマスク等が必要なぐ位置あわせ等の工程が必要ない、という利 点を有する。  [0094] In addition to the method of performing pattern irradiation through a photomask using the above-described light source, a method of performing pattern drawing irradiation using a laser such as excimer or YAG can also be used. In addition, as described above, when the substrate has the light-shielding portion in the same pattern as the cell adhesion portion, the substrate-side power can also be applied by irradiating the entire surface with energy. In this case, there is an advantage that a step such as alignment that requires a photomask or the like is not required.
[0095] また、エネルギー照射に際してのエネルギーの照射量は、光触媒の作用によって 細胞接着材料が分解または変性されるのに必要な照射量とする。  [0095] The amount of energy irradiation at the time of energy irradiation is an irradiation amount necessary for the cell adhesion material to be decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst.
[0096] この際、光触媒が含有される層を加熱しながらエネルギー照射することにより、感度 を上昇させることが可能となり、効率的に細胞接着材料を分解または変性させること ができる点で好まし 、。具体的には 30°C— 80°Cの範囲内で加熱することが好まし!/ヽ  [0096] At this time, by irradiating the layer containing the photocatalyst with energy while heating, the sensitivity can be increased, and the cell adhesion material can be efficiently decomposed or denatured, which is preferable. . Specifically, heating within the range of 30 ° C-80 ° C is preferred! / ヽ
[0097] 本態様におけるフォトマスクを介して行うエネルギー照射の方向は、上述した基材 が透明である場合は、基材側および光触媒含有細胞接着層側の 、ずれの方向から エネルギー照射を行っても良い。一方、基材が不透明な場合は、光触媒含有細胞接 着層側からエネルギー照射を行う必要がある。 [0097] In the present embodiment, the direction of the energy irradiation performed through the photomask is, when the above-mentioned base material is transparent, from the direction of displacement between the base material side and the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer side. Energy irradiation may be performed. On the other hand, when the substrate is opaque, it is necessary to perform energy irradiation from the photocatalyst-containing cell-adhesive layer side.
[0098] (2)第 2の態様  [0098] (2) Second aspect
次に、少なくとも細胞接着材料を含有する細胞接着層が、光触媒を少なくとも含有 する光触媒処理層上に形成されており、細胞接着層にエネルギーが照射された場 合、細胞接着層中の細胞接着材料が、隣接する光触媒処理層中の光触媒の作用に より分解または変性される場合について説明する。  Next, a cell adhesive layer containing at least a cell adhesive material is formed on the photocatalyst treatment layer containing at least a photocatalyst, and when the cell adhesive layer is irradiated with energy, the cell adhesive material in the cell adhesive layer is formed. Is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the adjacent photocatalyst treatment layer.
[0099] 本態様においては、上記細胞接着層が、光触媒処理層上に形成されていることか ら、細胞接着補助部を形成するパターン状にエネルギーを照射することによって、細 胞接着層中の細胞接着材料が、隣接する光触媒処理層中の光触媒の作用により分 解または変性されて、その領域の細胞との接着性が低下することから、細胞接着補 助部として用いることが可能となるのである。この際、細胞接着補助部には、例えば 上記細胞接着材料がエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解されるものであ る場合には、細胞接着材料が少量含有されている、または細胞接着材料の分解物 等が含有されている、もしくは細胞接着層が完全に分解除去されて光触媒処理層が 露出すること等となる。また、上記細胞接着材料がエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作 用により変性されるものである場合には、細胞接着補助部中にはその変性物等が含 有されていることとなる。  [0099] In the present embodiment, since the cell adhesion layer is formed on the photocatalyst treatment layer, by irradiating energy in a pattern for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary part, the cell adhesion layer is formed in the cell adhesion layer. Since the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the adjacent photocatalyst treatment layer and the adhesiveness to cells in the region is reduced, it becomes possible to use the cell adhesive as a cell adhesion auxiliary part. is there. At this time, if the cell adhesion material is decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, for example, the cell adhesion auxiliary portion contains a small amount of the cell adhesion material or the cell adhesion material. The photocatalyst-treated layer is exposed due to the presence of a decomposed product or the like, or the cell adhesion layer is completely decomposed and removed. When the above-mentioned cell adhesive material is modified by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the modified substance and the like are contained in the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
[0100] 以下、本態様に用いられる細胞接着層、および光触媒処理層について説明する。  [0100] Hereinafter, the cell adhesion layer and the photocatalyst treatment layer used in the present embodiment will be described.
なお、本態様における細胞接着補助部の形成方法については、上述した第 1の態様 と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。  The method for forming the cell adhesion assisting portion in this embodiment is the same as that in the first embodiment described above, and thus description thereof will be omitted.
[0101] a.細胞接着層  [0101] a. Cell adhesion layer
まず、本態様に用いられる細胞接着層について説明する。本態様に用いられる細 胞接着層は、少なくとも細胞との接着性を有する細胞接着材料を有する層であり、一 般的に細胞との接着性を有する層として用いられる層を用いることができる。  First, the cell adhesion layer used in this embodiment will be described. The cell adhesive layer used in this embodiment is a layer having at least a cell adhesive material having an adhesive property to cells, and a layer generally used as a layer having an adhesive property to cells can be used.
[0102] 具体的な細胞接着材料としては、第 1の態様で説明した光触媒含有細胞接着層に 用いられる細胞接着材料と同様のものを用いることができるので、ここでの詳 U、説 明は省略する。また、本態様の細胞接着層にも、第 1の態様の光触媒含有細胞接着 層で説明した細胞接着阻害性を有する材料が含有されて ヽることが好まし ヽ。これに より、エネルギー照射された領域である細胞接着補助部の細胞との接着性を低いも のとすることが可能となるからである。 [0102] As a specific cell adhesive material, the same material as the cell adhesive material used for the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer described in the first embodiment can be used. Omitted. Further, the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion of the first embodiment is also provided in the cell adhesion layer of the present embodiment. It is preferable that a material having the cell adhesion inhibitory property described in the layer is contained. This makes it possible to lower the adhesiveness of the cell adhesion assisting portion, which is the region irradiated with energy, to the cells.
[0103] また、このような細胞接着層の形成は、上記細胞接着材料を含有する細胞接着層 形成用塗工液を、一般的な塗布方法により塗布すること等により行うことができ、第 1 の態様の光触媒含有細胞接着層の形成方法と同様とすることができるので、ここでの 説明は省略する。  [0103] Further, the formation of such a cell adhesion layer can be carried out by applying a coating solution for forming a cell adhesion layer containing the above-mentioned cell adhesion material by a general application method or the like. Since the method can be the same as the method for forming the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesive layer of the embodiment, the description thereof is omitted here.
[0104] なお、このような細胞接着層の膜厚は、細胞培養用パターユング基板の種類等によ つて適宜選択されるものである力 通常 0. OOl /z m—l. O /z m程度、中でも 0. 005 μ m— 0. 3 μ m程度とすること力 Sできる。  [0104] The thickness of such a cell adhesive layer is appropriately selected depending on the type of the cell culture puttering substrate and the like. Normally, about 0.1 OOl / zm-l.O / zm, Above all, it can be set to about 0.005 μm-0.3 μm.
[0105] b.光触媒処理層  [0105] b. Photocatalyst treatment layer
次に、本態様に用いられる光触媒処理層について説明する。本態様に用いられる 光触媒処理層は、少なくとも光触媒を含有する層であれば、特に限定されるものでは なぐ光触媒のみ力もなる層であってもよぐまたバインダ等、他の成分を含有する層 等であってもよい。  Next, the photocatalyst treatment layer used in the present embodiment will be described. The photocatalyst treatment layer used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as it is a layer containing at least a photocatalyst. The photocatalyst treatment layer may be a layer having only the power of the photocatalyst or a layer containing other components such as a binder. It may be.
[0106] 本態様で使用する光触媒としては、第 1の態様における光触媒含有細胞接着層に 用いられるものと同様とすることができ、本態様にぉ ヽても特に酸ィ匕チタンが用いら れることが好ましい。  The photocatalyst used in this embodiment can be the same as that used for the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer in the first embodiment, and in this embodiment, titanium oxide is particularly used. Is preferred.
[0107] ここで、光触媒のみ力 なる光触媒処理層を用いた場合には、上記細胞接着層中 の細胞接着材料の分解または変性に対する効率が向上し、処理時間の短縮化等の コスト面で有利である。一方、光触媒とバインダとからなる光触媒処理層を用いた場 合には、光触媒処理層の形成が容易であるという利点を有する。  [0107] Here, when a photocatalyst treatment layer that can only act as a photocatalyst is used, the efficiency with respect to the decomposition or denaturation of the cell adhesion material in the cell adhesion layer is improved, which is advantageous in terms of cost such as shortening of treatment time. It is. On the other hand, when a photocatalyst treatment layer including a photocatalyst and a binder is used, there is an advantage that the formation of the photocatalyst treatment layer is easy.
[0108] 光触媒のみ力 なる光触媒処理層の形成方法としては、例えば、スパッタリング法、 CVD法、真空蒸着法等の真空製膜法を用いる方法を挙げることができる。真空製膜 法により光触媒処理層を形成することにより、均一な膜でかつ光触媒のみを含有する 光触媒処理層とすることが可能であり、これにより細胞接着材料を均一に分解または 変性させることが可能であり、かつ光触媒のみ力もなることから、バインダを用いる場 合と比較して効率的に細胞接着材料を分解または変性させることが可能となる。 [0109] また、光触媒のみからなる光触媒処理層の形成方法の他の例としては、例えば光 触媒が二酸化チタンの場合は、基材上に無定形チタニアを形成し、次いで焼成によ り結晶性チタニアに相変化させる方法等が挙げられる。ここで用いられる無定形チタ ユアとしては、例えば四塩化チタン、硫酸チタン等のチタンの無機塩の加水分解、脱 水縮合、テトラエトキシチタン、テトライソプロポキシチタン、テトラー n—プロポキシチタ ン、テトラブトキシチタン、テトラメトキシチタン等の有機チタンィ匕合物を酸存在下にお いて加水分解、脱水縮合によって得ることができる。次いで、 400°C— 500°Cにおけ る焼成によってアナターゼ型チタニアに変性し、 600°C— 700°Cの焼成によってルチ ル型チタニアに変性することができる。 [0108] Examples of a method for forming a photocatalyst treatment layer in which only a photocatalyst is effective include a method using a vacuum film forming method such as a sputtering method, a CVD method, and a vacuum evaporation method. By forming the photocatalyst treatment layer by the vacuum film formation method, it is possible to form a uniform film and a photocatalyst treatment layer containing only the photocatalyst, which enables the cell adhesion material to be uniformly decomposed or denatured. In addition, since only the photocatalyst becomes strong, the cell adhesion material can be decomposed or denatured more efficiently than in the case where a binder is used. [0109] Further, as another example of a method for forming a photocatalyst treatment layer comprising only a photocatalyst, for example, when the photocatalyst is titanium dioxide, amorphous titania is formed on a base material, and then the crystalline titania is formed by firing. A method of changing the phase to titania may be used. The amorphous titanium used herein includes, for example, hydrolysis, dehydration condensation of inorganic salts of titanium such as titanium tetrachloride and titanium sulfate, tetraethoxytitanium, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetra-n-propoxytitanium, and tetrabutoxytitanium. Organic titanium conjugates such as titanium and tetramethoxytitanium can be obtained by hydrolysis and dehydration condensation in the presence of an acid. Then, it can be modified to anatase type titania by baking at 400 ° C to 500 ° C, and modified to rutile type titania by baking at 600 ° C to 700 ° C.
[0110] また、バインダを用いる場合は、バインダの主骨格が上記の光触媒の光励起により 分解されないような高い結合エネルギーを有するものが好ましぐ例えばこのようなバ インダとしては、上述した細胞接着層の項で説明したオルガノポリシロキサン等を挙 げることができる。  [0110] When a binder is used, a binder having a high binding energy such that the main skeleton of the binder is not decomposed by the photoexcitation of the photocatalyst is preferable. And the organopolysiloxanes described in the above section.
[0111] このようにオルガノポリシロキサンをバインダとして用いた場合は、上記光触媒処理 層は、光触媒とバインダであるオルガノポリシロキサンを必要に応じて他の添加剤とと もに溶剤中に分散して塗布液を調製し、この塗布液を基材上に塗布することにより形 成することができる。使用する溶剤としては、エタノール、イソプロパノール等のアルコ ール系の有機溶剤が好ましい。塗布はスピンコート、スプレーコート、ディップコート、 ロールコート、ビードコート等の公知の塗布方法により行うことができる。ノインダとし て紫外線硬化型の成分を含有して!/ヽる場合、紫外線を照射して硬化処理を行うこと により光触媒処理層を形成することができる。  [0111] When the organopolysiloxane is used as a binder as described above, the photocatalyst treatment layer is formed by dispersing the organocatalyst, which is a photocatalyst, and a binder together with other additives as necessary. It can be formed by preparing a coating solution and applying the coating solution onto a substrate. As the solvent to be used, alcohol-based organic solvents such as ethanol and isopropanol are preferable. The coating can be performed by a known coating method such as spin coating, spray coating, dip coating, roll coating, and bead coating. In the case of containing an ultraviolet curable component as a solder, the photocatalyst treatment layer can be formed by performing a curing treatment by irradiating ultraviolet rays.
[0112] また、バインダとして無定形シリカ前駆体を用いることができる。この無定形シリカ前 駆体は、一般式 SiXで表され、 Xはハロゲン、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、またはァセチ [0112] An amorphous silica precursor can be used as a binder. This amorphous silica precursor is represented by the general formula SiX, where X is a halogen, methoxy, ethoxy, or acetyl group.
4  Four
ル基等であるケィ素化合物、それらの加水分解物であるシラノール、または平均分子 量 3000以下のポリシロキサンが好まし!/、。  Preferred are silicon compounds such as hydroxyl groups, silanols which are hydrolysates thereof, and polysiloxanes having an average molecular weight of 3000 or less!
[0113] 具体的には、テトラエトキシシラン、テトライソプロボキシシラン、テトラー n—プロポキ シシラン、テトラブトキシシラン、テトラメトキシシラン等が挙げられる。また、この場合に は、無定形シリカの前駆体と光触媒の粒子とを非水性溶媒中に均一に分散させ、透 明基材上に空気中の水分により加水分解させてシラノールを形成させた後、常温で 脱水縮重合することにより光触媒処理層を形成できる。シラノールの脱水縮重合を 1 oo°c以上で行えば、シラノールの重合度が増し、膜表面の強度を向上できる。また、 これらの結着剤は、単独あるいは 2種以上を混合して用いることができる。 [0113] Specific examples include tetraethoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetrabutoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane and the like. In this case, the precursor of the amorphous silica and the particles of the photocatalyst are uniformly dispersed in the non-aqueous solvent to obtain a transparent resin. The photocatalyst-treated layer can be formed by forming a silanol on a bright substrate by hydrolysis with moisture in the air, followed by dehydration-condensation polymerization at room temperature. If the dehydration polycondensation of silanol is carried out at 1 oo ° C or more, the degree of polymerization of silanol increases and the strength of the film surface can be improved. These binders can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[0114] 光触媒処理層中の光触媒の含有量は、 5— 60重量%、好ましくは 20— 40重量% の範囲で設定することができる。また、光触媒処理層の厚みは、 0. 05— 10 /z mの範 囲内が好ましい。 [0114] The content of the photocatalyst in the photocatalyst treatment layer can be set in the range of 5 to 60% by weight, preferably 20 to 40% by weight. The thickness of the photocatalyst treatment layer is preferably in the range of 0.05-10 / zm.
[0115] また、光触媒処理層には上記の光触媒、バインダの他に、上述した細胞接着層に 用いられる界面活性剤等を含有させることもできる。  [0115] The photocatalyst-treated layer may contain, in addition to the above-mentioned photocatalyst and binder, a surfactant and the like used for the above-mentioned cell adhesion layer.
[0116] ここで、本態様においては上記光触媒処理層は、その表面は細胞との接着性が、 例えば表面が親水性であること等によって細胞との接着性が低いことが好ましい。こ れにより、上記細胞接着層が分解等されて光触媒処理層が露出した場合に、その領 域を細胞との接着性が低い領域とすることができるからである。  Here, in the present embodiment, it is preferable that the surface of the photocatalyst-treated layer has low adhesion to cells, for example, low adhesion due to hydrophilicity of the surface. Thereby, when the photocatalyst treatment layer is exposed due to the decomposition of the cell adhesion layer or the like, the region can be a region having low adhesion to cells.
[0117] また、本態様においては、上述したように上記光触媒処理層上に遮光部が形成さ れていてもよい。これにより、上記細胞接着層の全面にエネルギーを照射した場合に 、遮光部が形成された領域上の光触媒は励起されず、遮光部が形成された領域以 外の細胞接着層中に含有される細胞接着材料を分解または変性させることができる 力 である。またこの場合、遮光部が形成されている領域の光触媒は励起されないこ とから、エネルギーが照射される方向が特に限定されない、という利点を有する。  [0117] Further, in the present embodiment, as described above, a light shielding portion may be formed on the photocatalyst treatment layer. Thus, when the entire surface of the cell adhesive layer is irradiated with energy, the photocatalyst on the region where the light-shielding portion is formed is not excited, and is contained in the cell adhesive layer other than the region where the light-shielding portion is formed. A force that can degrade or denature cell adhesion materials. Further, in this case, since the photocatalyst in the region where the light-shielding portion is formed is not excited, there is an advantage that the direction of energy irradiation is not particularly limited.
[0118] このような遮光部としては、第 1の態様で説明したものと同様のものを用いることが可 能であるので、ここでの詳 、説明は省略する。  [0118] As such a light-shielding portion, the same light-shielding portion as that described in the first embodiment can be used, and thus the detailed description thereof is omitted here.
[0119] (3)第 3の態様  (3) Third Embodiment
次に、少なくとも細胞接着材料を含有する細胞接着層が基材上に形成されており、 エネルギー照射の際、少なくとも光触媒を含有する光触媒含有層等を細胞接着層と 対向させて、エネルギーを照射することによって、細胞接着材料が対向する光触媒 含有層中の光触媒の作用により分解または変性される場合につ!ヽて説明する。  Next, a cell adhesive layer containing at least a cell adhesive material is formed on the substrate, and at the time of energy irradiation, at least a photocatalyst containing layer containing a photocatalyst is opposed to the cell adhesive layer, and energy is irradiated. The case where the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst in the opposing photocatalyst-containing layer will be described.
[0120] 本態様においては、細胞接着層と、上記光触媒含有層とを対向させて配置し、細 胞接着補助部を形成するパターン状にエネルギーを照射することにより、光触媒含 有層中の光触媒の作用により、細胞接着層中の細胞接着材料が分解または変性さ れて、細胞接着補助部を形成することが可能となるのである。 [0120] In this embodiment, the cell adhesion layer and the photocatalyst-containing layer are arranged so as to face each other, and energy is irradiated in a pattern for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary portion, whereby the photocatalyst-containing layer is formed. By the action of the photocatalyst in the layered layer, the cell adhesive material in the cell adhesive layer is decomposed or denatured, and it becomes possible to form a cell adhesion auxiliary part.
[0121] 以下、本態様に用いられる光触媒含有層側基板と、その光触媒含有層側基板を用 いて細胞接着補助部を形成する方法について説明する。なお、本態様に用いられる 細胞接着層につ 、ては、上述した第 2の態様で用いられる細胞接着層と同様である ので、ここでの説明は省略する。  [0121] Hereinafter, a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present embodiment and a method for forming a cell adhesion auxiliary portion using the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate will be described. The cell adhesion layer used in the present embodiment is the same as the cell adhesion layer used in the above-described second embodiment, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.
[0122] a.光触媒含有層側基板  [0122] a. Photocatalyst containing layer side substrate
まず、本態様に用いられる光触媒を含有する光触媒含有層を有する光触媒含有層 側基板について説明する。本態様に用いられる光触媒含有層側基板としては、通常 、光触媒を含有する光触媒含有層を有するものであり、通常、基体と、その基体上に 光触媒含有層が形成されているものである。この光触媒含有層側基板は、例えばパ ターン状に形成された光触媒含有層側遮光部やプライマー層等を有して 、てもよ ヽ First, a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate having a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst used in this embodiment will be described. The photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present embodiment usually has a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst, and usually has a substrate and a photocatalyst-containing layer formed on the substrate. The photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate may include, for example, a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion or a primer layer formed in a pattern.
。以下、本態様に用いられる光触媒含有層側基板の各構成について説明する。 . Hereinafter, each configuration of the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present embodiment will be described.
[0123] (i)光触媒含有層 (I) Photocatalyst-containing layer
まず、光触媒含有層側基板に用いられる光触媒含有層について説明する。本態様 に用いられる光触媒含有層は、光触媒含有層中の光触媒が、近接する細胞接着層 中の細胞接着材料を分解または変性させるような構成であれば、特に限定されるも のではなぐ光触媒とバインダとから構成されているものであってもよぐ光触媒単体 で製膜されたものであってもよい。また、その表面の特性は特に親液性であっても撥 液性であってもよい。  First, the photocatalyst containing layer used for the photocatalyst containing layer side substrate will be described. The photocatalyst-containing layer used in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the photocatalyst in the photocatalyst-containing layer decomposes or denatures the cell adhesion material in the adjacent cell adhesion layer. The film may be composed of a binder and a photocatalyst alone. In addition, the characteristics of the surface may be lyophilic or lyophobic.
[0124] 本態様において用いられる光触媒含有層は、基体上に全面に形成されたものであ つてもよいが、例えば図 7に示すように、基体 11上に光触媒含有層 12がパターン上 に形成されたものであってもょ 、。  [0124] The photocatalyst-containing layer used in this embodiment may be formed on the entire surface of the substrate, but, for example, as shown in Fig. 7, a photocatalyst-containing layer 12 is formed on the substrate 11 on a pattern. It may have been done.
[0125] このように光触媒含有層をパターン状に形成することにより、細胞接着補助部を形 成するためにエネルギーを照射する際に、フォトマスク等を用いるパターン照射をす る必要がなぐ全面に照射することにより、細胞接着層に含有される細胞接着材料が 分解または変性された細胞接着補助部を形成することができる。  [0125] By forming the photocatalyst-containing layer in a pattern in this manner, when irradiating energy to form the cell adhesion assisting portion, it is necessary to perform pattern irradiation using a photomask or the like over the entire surface. By irradiating, the cell adhesion material contained in the cell adhesion layer can be decomposed or denatured to form a cell adhesion auxiliary part.
[0126] この光触媒含有層のパターニング方法は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば フォトリソグラフィ一法等により行うことが可能である。 [0126] The method for patterning the photocatalyst-containing layer is not particularly limited. This can be performed by a photolithography method or the like.
また、実際に光触媒含有層に面する細胞接着層上の部分のみの、細胞接着材料 が分解または変性されるものであるので、エネルギーの照射方向は上記光触媒含有 層と細胞接着層とが面する部分にエネルギーが照射されるものであれば、いかなる 方向から照射されてもよぐさらには、照射されるエネルギーも特に平行光等の平行 なものに限定されな ヽと 、う利点を有するものとなる。  In addition, since only the portion of the cell adhesive layer that actually faces the photocatalyst-containing layer is decomposed or denatured, the direction of energy irradiation is such that the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer face each other. Irradiation can be performed from any direction as long as the part is irradiated with energy.Furthermore, the irradiation energy is not particularly limited to parallel light such as parallel light. Become.
[0127] ここで、本態様で用いられる光触媒含有層については、上述した第 2の態様で説明 した光触媒処理層と同様のものを用いることが可能であるので、ここでの詳しい説明 は省略する。  Here, the photocatalyst-containing layer used in the present embodiment can be the same as the photocatalyst-treated layer described in the second embodiment, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted. .
[0128] (ii)基体  (Ii) Substrate
次に、光触媒含有層側基板に用いられる基体について説明する。通常、光触媒含 有層側基板は、少なくとも基体とこの基体上に形成された光触媒含有層とを有するも のである。この際、用いられる基体を構成する材料は、後述するエネルギーの照射方 向や、得られるパターン形成体が透明性を必要とするか等により適宜選択される。  Next, the substrate used for the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate will be described. Usually, the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate has at least a substrate and a photocatalyst-containing layer formed on the substrate. At this time, the material constituting the base to be used is appropriately selected depending on the direction of energy irradiation described later, whether the obtained pattern formed body needs transparency, and the like.
[0129] また本態様に用いられる基体は、可撓性を有するもの、例えば榭脂製フィルム等で あってもよいし、可撓性を有しないもの、例えばガラス基板等であってもよい。これは、 エネルギー照射方法により適宜選択されるものである。  [0129] The substrate used in the present embodiment may be a flexible substrate, for example, a resin film, or a non-flexible substrate, for example, a glass substrate. This is appropriately selected depending on the energy irradiation method.
[0130] なお、基体表面と光触媒含有層との密着性を向上させるために、基体上にアンカ 一層を形成するようにしてもよい。このようなアンカー層としては、例えば、シラン系、 チタン系のカップリング剤等を挙げることができる。  [0130] An anchor layer may be formed on the substrate in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate surface and the photocatalyst-containing layer. Examples of such an anchor layer include silane-based and titanium-based coupling agents.
[0131] (iii)光触媒含有層側遮光部  (Iii) Photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion
本態様に用いられる光触媒含有層側基板には、パターン状に形成された光触媒含 有層側遮光部が形成されたものを用いても良 ヽ。このように光触媒含有層側遮光部 を有する光触媒含有層側基板を用いることにより、エネルギー照射に際して、フォトマ スクを用いたり、レーザ光による描画照射を行う必要がない。したがって、光触媒含有 層側基板とフォトマスクとの位置合わせが不要であることから、簡便な工程とすること が可能であり、また描画照射に必要な高価な装置も不必要であることから、コスト的に 有利となると ヽぅ利点を有する。 [0132] このような光触媒含有層側遮光部を有する光触媒含有層側基板は、光触媒含有層 側遮光部の形成位置により、下記の二つの態様とすることができる。 The photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate used in the present embodiment may be one having a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion formed in a pattern. By using the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate having the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion in this way, it is not necessary to use a photomask or perform drawing irradiation with a laser beam during energy irradiation. Therefore, there is no need to align the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate with the photomask, so that it is possible to simplify the process, and it is not necessary to use an expensive apparatus required for drawing irradiation, thereby reducing costs. It is advantageous when it is advantageous. [0132] The photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate having such a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion can be in the following two modes depending on the position where the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is formed.
[0133] 一つが、例えば図 8に示すように、基体 11上に光触媒含有層側遮光部 14を形成し 、この光触媒含有層側遮光部 14上に光触媒含有層 12を形成して、光触媒含有層 側基板とする態様である。もう一つは、例えば図 9に示すように、基体 11上に光触媒 含有層 12を形成し、その上に光触媒含有層側遮光部 14を形成して光触媒含有層 側基板とする態様である。  For example, as shown in FIG. 8, a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14 is formed on a substrate 11, and a photocatalyst-containing layer 12 is formed on the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14. This is an embodiment in which a layer-side substrate is used. The other is a mode in which a photocatalyst-containing layer 12 is formed on a substrate 11 and a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14 is formed thereon to form a photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate, as shown in FIG. 9, for example.
[0134] いずれの態様においても、フォトマスクを用いる場合と比較すると、光触媒含有層 側遮光部が、上記光触媒含有層と細胞接着層との配置部分の近傍に配置されること になるので、基体内等におけるエネルギーの散乱の影響を少なくすることができるこ とから、エネルギーのパターン照射を極めて正確に行うことが可能となる。  In any of the embodiments, the light-shielding portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side is disposed near the position where the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer are disposed, as compared with the case where a photomask is used. Since the influence of energy scattering in the body or the like can be reduced, it is possible to perform energy pattern irradiation extremely accurately.
[0135] ここで、本態様においては、図 9に示すような光触媒含有層 12上に光触媒含有層 側遮光部 14を形成する態様である場合には、光触媒含有層と細胞接着層とを所定 の位置に配置する際に、この光触媒含有層側遮光部の膜厚をこの間隙の幅と一致さ せておくことにより、上記光触媒含有層側遮光部を上記間隙を一定のものとするため のスぺーサとしても用いることができると 、う利点を有する。  Here, in the present embodiment, when the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion 14 is formed on the photocatalyst-containing layer 12 as shown in FIG. 9, the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer are When the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is arranged at the position indicated by the numeral, the film thickness of the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is made equal to the width of the gap, so that the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion has a constant gap. If it can be used as a spacer, it has the following advantages.
[0136] すなわち、所定の間隙をおいて上記光触媒含有層と細胞接着層とを対向させた状 態で配置する際に、上記光触媒含有層側遮光部と細胞接着層とを密着させた状態 で配置することにより、上記所定の間隙を正確とすることが可能となり、そしてこの状 態でエネルギーを照射することにより、細胞接着層と遮光部とが接触している部分の 細胞接着層は、細胞接着材料が分解または変性されないことから、細胞接着補助部 を精度良く形成することが可能となるのである。  That is, when the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesive layer are arranged facing each other with a predetermined gap, the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion and the cell adhesive layer are in close contact with each other. By arranging, the predetermined gap can be made accurate, and by irradiating energy in this state, the portion of the cell adhesive layer where the cell adhesive layer and the light shielding portion are in contact with each other is Since the adhesive material is not decomposed or denatured, it is possible to accurately form the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
[0137] このような光触媒含有層側遮光部の形成方法は、特に限定されるものではなぐ光 触媒含有層側遮光部の形成面の特性や、必要とするエネルギーに対する遮蔽性等 に応じて適宜選択されて用いられ、第 1の態様で説明した基材上に設けられる遮光 部と同様のものとすることができるので、ここでの詳しい説明は省略する。  [0137] The method of forming the light-blocking portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately determined according to the characteristics of the surface on which the light-blocking portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side is formed, the shielding property against required energy, and the like. Since it can be selected and used and can be the same as the light-shielding portion provided on the base material described in the first embodiment, detailed description is omitted here.
[0138] なお、上記説明においては、光触媒含有層側遮光部の形成位置として、基体と光 触媒含有層との間、および光触媒含有層表面の二つの場合について説明したが、 その他、基体の光触媒含有層が形成されていない側の表面に光触媒含有層側遮光 部を形成する態様も採ることが可能である。この態様においては、例えばフォトマスク をこの表面に着脱可能な程度に密着させる場合等が考えられ、細胞接着補助部の ノターンを小ロットで変更するような場合に好適に用いることができる。 [0138] In the above description, the two cases where the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is formed are described between the substrate and the photocatalyst-containing layer and on the surface of the photocatalyst-containing layer. In addition, it is also possible to adopt a mode in which a photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion is formed on the surface of the substrate on which the photocatalyst-containing layer is not formed. In this embodiment, for example, a case where a photomask is brought into close contact with the surface to such an extent that the photomask can be detached is considered, and it can be suitably used when the turn of the cell adhesion auxiliary portion is changed in a small lot.
[0139] (iv)プライマー層  (Iv) Primer layer
次に、本態様の光触媒含有層側基板に用いられるプライマー層について説明する 。本態様において、上述したように基体上に光触媒含有層側遮光部をパターン状に 形成して、その上に光触媒含有層を形成して光触媒含有層側基板とする場合にお いては、上記光触媒含有層側遮光部と光触媒含有層との間にプライマー層を形成し てもよい。  Next, the primer layer used in the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate of the present embodiment will be described. In this embodiment, as described above, in the case where the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate is formed by forming the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion on the substrate in a pattern and forming the photocatalyst-containing layer thereon. A primer layer may be formed between the light-shielding portion on the containing layer side and the photocatalyst containing layer.
[0140] このプライマー層の作用 ·機能は必ずしも明確なものではな 、が、光触媒含有層側 遮光部と光触媒含有層との間にプライマー層を形成することにより、プライマー層は 光触媒の作用による細胞接着材料の分解または変性を阻害する要因となる光触媒 含有層側遮光部および光触媒含有層側遮光部間に存在する開口部からの不純物、 特に、光触媒含有層側遮光部をパターニングする際に生じる残渣や、金属、金属ィ オン等の不純物の拡散を防止する機能を示すものと考えられる。したがって、プライ マー層を形成することにより、高感度で細胞接着材料の分解または変性の処理が進 行し、その結果、高精細に形成された細胞接着補助部を得ることが可能となるのであ る。  [0140] The function and function of this primer layer are not always clear, but by forming the primer layer between the light-shielding portion and the photocatalyst-containing layer on the photocatalyst-containing layer side, the primer layer becomes a cell by the action of the photocatalyst. Impurities from the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion and the openings existing between the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portions that cause degradation or denaturation of the adhesive material, particularly residues generated when patterning the photocatalyst-containing layer-side light-shielding portion It is considered to have a function of preventing diffusion of impurities such as metal and metal ions. Therefore, by forming the primer layer, the process of decomposing or denaturing the cell adhesion material proceeds with high sensitivity, and as a result, it is possible to obtain a cell adhesion auxiliary portion formed with high definition. You.
[0141] なお、本態様においてプライマー層は、光触媒含有層側遮光部のみならず光触媒 含有層側遮光部間に形成された開口部に存在する不純物が光触媒の作用に影響 することを防止するものであるので、プライマー層は開口部を含めた光触媒含有層側 遮光部全面にわたって形成されて 、ることが好ま U 、。  [0141] In this embodiment, the primer layer is intended to prevent impurities existing not only in the light-shielding portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side but also in the openings formed between the light-shielding portions on the photocatalyst-containing layer from affecting the action of the photocatalyst. Therefore, it is preferable that the primer layer is formed over the entire light-shielding portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side including the opening.
[0142] 本態様におけるプライマー層は、光触媒含有層側基板の光触媒含有層側遮光部 と光触媒含有層とが接触しないようにプライマー層が形成された構造であれば特に 限定されるものではない。  [0142] The primer layer in this embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the primer layer is formed so that the light-blocking portion on the photocatalyst-containing layer side of the substrate on the photocatalyst-containing layer side does not contact the photocatalyst-containing layer.
[0143] このプライマー層を構成する材料としては、特に限定されるものではないが、光触 媒の作用により分解されにくい無機材料が好ましい。具体的には無定形シリカを挙げ ることができる。このような無定形シリカを用いる場合には、この無定形シリカの前駆 体は、一般式 SiXで示され、 Xはハロゲン、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、またはァセチル [0143] The material constituting the primer layer is not particularly limited, but an inorganic material that is not easily decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst is preferable. Specific examples include amorphous silica Can. When such an amorphous silica is used, the precursor of the amorphous silica is represented by the general formula SiX, wherein X is a halogen, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or an acetyl group.
4  Four
基等であるケィ素化合物であり、それらの加水分解物であるシラノール、または平均 分子量 3000以下のポリシロキサンが好まし 、。  Silanols, which are silicon compounds that are groups, and hydrolysates thereof, or polysiloxanes having an average molecular weight of 3000 or less are preferable.
また、プライマー層の膜厚は、 0. 001 μ mから 1 μ mの範囲内であることが好ましく 、特に 0. 001 μ m力ら 0. 1 μ mの範囲内であること力好ましい。  The thickness of the primer layer is preferably in the range of 0.001 μm to 1 μm, particularly preferably in the range of 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm.
[0144] b.細胞接着補助部の形成方法  [0144] b. Method of forming cell adhesion auxiliary part
次に、本態様における細胞接着補助部の形成方法について説明する。本態様に おいては、例えば図 10に示すように、細胞接着層 7と、光触媒含有層側基板 13の光 触媒含有層 12とを、所定の間隙をおいて配置し、例えばフォトマスク 5等を用いて、 エネルギー 6を所定の方向から照射する。これにより、エネルギー照射された領域の 細胞接着材料が分解または変性されて、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着補 助部 4が細胞接着層 7中に形成されるのである。この際、細胞接着補助部は、例えば 上記細胞接着材料がエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解されるものであ る場合には、細胞接着補助部中にはその細胞接着材料が少量含有されている、また は細胞接着材料の分解物等が含有されている、もしくは細胞接着層が完全に分解除 去されて基材が露出すること等となる。また、上記細胞接着材料がエネルギー照射に 伴う光触媒の作用により変性されるものである場合には、細胞接着補助部中にはそ の変性物等が含有されて 、ることとなる。  Next, a method for forming the cell adhesion assisting portion in this embodiment will be described. In this embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 10, the cell adhesion layer 7 and the photocatalyst-containing layer 12 of the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate 13 are arranged at a predetermined gap, for example, a photomask 5 or the like. Is used to irradiate energy 6 from a predetermined direction. As a result, the cell adhesive material in the area irradiated with the energy is decomposed or denatured, and the cell adhesion auxiliary part 4 that inhibits adhesion to cells is formed in the cell adhesion layer 7. At this time, if the cell adhesive material is decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the cell adhesive material contains a small amount of the cell adhesive material. Or the cell adhesion material is decomposed, or the cell adhesion layer is completely released and the substrate is exposed. When the above-mentioned cell adhesive material is modified by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the modified substance or the like is contained in the cell adhesion auxiliary part.
[0145] 上記の配置とは、実質的に光触媒の作用が細胞接着層表面に及ぶような状態で 配置された状態をいうこととし、実際に物理的に接触している状態の他、所定の間隔 を隔てて上記光触媒含有層と細胞接着層とが配置された状態とする。この間隙は、 2 00 μ m以下であることが好ましい。  [0145] The above-mentioned arrangement refers to a state in which the photocatalyst is substantially placed on the surface of the cell adhesive layer, and in addition to a state in which it is in actual physical contact, The photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer are arranged at an interval. This gap is preferably 200 μm or less.
[0146] 本態様において上記間隙は、パターン精度が極めて良好であり、光触媒の感度も 高ぐしたがって細胞接着層中の細胞接着材料の分解または変性の効率が良好で ある点を考慮すると特に 0. 2 μ η—10 μ mの範囲内、好ましくは 1 μ m— 5 μ mの範 囲内とすることが好ましい。このような間隙の範囲は、特に間隙を高い精度で制御す ることが可能である小面積の細胞接着層に対して特に有効である。 [0147] 一方、例えば 300mm X 300mm以上といった大面積の細胞接着層に対して処理 を行う場合は、接触することなぐかつ上述したような微細な間隙を光触媒含有層側 基板と細胞接着層との間に形成することは極めて困難である。したがって、細胞接着 層が比較的大面積である場合は、上記間隙は、 10— 100 /z mの範囲内、特に 50— 75 mの範囲内とすることが好ましい。間隙をこのような範囲内とすることにより、パタ ーンがぼやける等のパターン精度の低下の問題や、光触媒の感度が悪化して細胞 接着材料を分解または変性させる効率が悪ィ匕する等の問題が生じることなぐさらに 細胞接着材料の分解または変性にムラが発生しな 、と 、つた効果を有する力もであ る。 [0146] In the present embodiment, the gap is particularly excellent in consideration of the fact that the pattern accuracy is extremely good, the sensitivity of the photocatalyst is high, and the efficiency of decomposition or denaturation of the cell adhesive material in the cell adhesive layer is good. It is preferable to be within the range of 2 μη−10 μm, preferably within the range of 1 μm−5 μm. Such a range of the gap is particularly effective for a small-area cell adhesion layer capable of controlling the gap with high accuracy. [0147] On the other hand, when processing is performed on a cell adhesion layer having a large area of, for example, 300 mm x 300 mm or more, a fine gap as described above is formed between the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate and the cell adhesion layer without contact. It is extremely difficult to form between them. Therefore, when the cell adhesion layer has a relatively large area, the gap is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 / zm, particularly preferably in the range of 50 to 75 m. By setting the gap within such a range, problems such as a decrease in pattern accuracy such as blurring of the pattern and a decrease in the efficiency of decomposing or denaturing the cell adhesive material due to a decrease in the sensitivity of the photocatalyst are caused. It is also a force that has the effect of preventing unevenness in the decomposition or denaturation of the cell adhesive material without causing any problem.
[0148] このように比較的大面積の細胞接着層をエネルギー照射する際には、エネルギー 照射装置内の光触媒含有層側基板と細胞接着層との位置決め装置における間隙の 設定を、 10 μ m— 200 μ mの範囲内、特に 25 μ m— 75 μ mの範囲内に設定するこ とが好ましい。設定値をこのような範囲内とすることにより、パターン精度の大幅な低 下や光触媒の感度の大幅な悪ィヒを招くことなぐかつ光触媒含有層側基板と細胞接 着層とが接触することなく配置することが可能となるからである。  [0148] When irradiating a relatively large area of the cell adhesive layer with energy as described above, the gap in the positioning device between the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate and the cell adhesive layer in the energy irradiation device is set to 10 µm- It is preferable to set within the range of 200 μm, especially within the range of 25 μm-75 μm. By setting the set value within such a range, it is possible to prevent the cell-adhering layer from being in contact with the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate without causing a significant decrease in pattern accuracy or a significant deterioration in photocatalytic sensitivity. This is because it is possible to dispose them.
[0149] このように光触媒含有層と細胞接着層表面とを所定の間隔で離して配置することに より、酸素と水および光触媒作用により生じた活性酸素種が脱着しやすくなる。すな わち、上記範囲より光触媒含有層と細胞接着層との間隔を狭くした場合は、上記活 性酸素種の脱着がしにくくなり、結果的に細胞接着材料を分解または変性させる速 度を遅くしてしまう可能性があることから好ましくない。また、上記範囲より間隔を離し て配置した場合は、生じた活性酸素種が細胞接着層に届き難くなり、この場合も細胞 接着材料の分解または変性の速度を遅くしてしまう可能性があることから好ましくない  [0149] By arranging the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer surface at a predetermined distance in this manner, oxygen and water and active oxygen species generated by the photocatalysis can be easily desorbed. That is, if the distance between the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesive layer is narrower than the above range, it becomes difficult to desorb the active oxygen species, and as a result, the rate at which the cell adhesive material is decomposed or denatured is reduced. It is not preferable because it may be delayed. In addition, if the distance is larger than the above range, the generated reactive oxygen species may not easily reach the cell adhesive layer, and in this case, the rate of decomposition or denaturation of the cell adhesive material may be reduced. Not preferred from
[0150] このような極めて狭い間隙を均一に形成して光触媒含有層と細胞接着層とを配置 する方法としては、例えばスぺーサを用いる方法を挙げることができる。そして、この ようにスぺーサを用いることにより、均一な間隙を形成することができると共に、このス ぺーサが接触する部分は、光触媒の作用が細胞接着層表面に及ばないことから、こ のスぺーサを上述した細胞接着部と同様のパターンを有するものとすることにより、ス ぺーサの形成されて ヽな 、部分のみの細胞接着材料を分解または変性させることが でき、高精細に細胞接着補助部を形成することができるのである。また、このようなス ぺーサを用いることにより、光触媒の作用により生じた活性酸素種が拡散することなく 、高濃度で細胞接着層表面に到達することから、効率よく高精細な細胞接着補助部 を形成することができる。 [0150] An example of a method of forming such an extremely narrow gap uniformly and arranging the photocatalyst-containing layer and the cell adhesion layer includes a method using a spacer. By using the spacer in this manner, a uniform gap can be formed, and the portion where the spacer comes into contact is not affected by the action of the photocatalyst on the surface of the cell adhesive layer. By making the spacer have the same pattern as the above-mentioned cell adhesion portion, The cell-adhesive material of only the portion where the psa is formed can be decomposed or denatured, and the cell-adhesion assisting portion can be formed with high definition. In addition, by using such a spacer, the active oxygen species generated by the action of the photocatalyst reach the surface of the cell adhesive layer at a high concentration without being diffused. Can be formed.
[0151] 本態様においては、このような光触媒含有層側基板の配置状態は、少なくともエネ ルギ一照射の間だけ維持されればょ 、。  [0151] In the present embodiment, such an arrangement state of the photocatalyst-containing layer-side substrate should be maintained at least only during irradiation with one energy.
[0152] ここで、本態様で 、うエネルギー照射 (露光)とは、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の 作用によって、細胞接着材料を分解または変性させることが可能な 、かなるエネルギ 一線の照射をも含む概念であり、光の照射に限定されるものではない。 [0152] Here, in the present embodiment, "energy irradiation (exposure)" also includes irradiation with a single energy beam capable of decomposing or denaturing a cell adhesive material by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. This is a concept and is not limited to light irradiation.
[0153] ここで、本態様において照射されるエネルギーの種類等については、上述した第 1 の態様で説明したものと同様であるので、ここでの詳 、説明は省略する。 [0153] Here, the type of energy applied in this embodiment is the same as that described in the above-described first embodiment, and thus the details and description thereof will be omitted.
[0154] なお、本態様におけるフォトマスクを介して行うエネルギー照射の方向は、上述した 基材が透明である場合は、基材側および光触媒含有層側基板の 、ずれの方向から エネルギー照射を行っても良い。一方、基材が不透明な場合は、光触媒含有層側基 板側からエネルギー照射を行う必要がある。 [0154] In the present embodiment, the direction of energy irradiation performed through the photomask is such that, when the above-described base material is transparent, the energy irradiation is performed from the direction of displacement between the base material side and the photocatalyst containing layer side substrate. May be. On the other hand, when the substrate is opaque, it is necessary to perform energy irradiation from the photocatalyst-containing layer side substrate side.
[0155] II. (2)の場合 [0155] II. Case (2)
次に、細胞接着層が、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着阻害性を有し、かつ エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解または変性される細胞接着阻害材料 を含有する細胞接着阻害層を形成した後、エネルギー照射することにより、細胞接着 阻害材料を分解または変性させて形成されたものである場合にっ ヽて説明する。こ の場合、以下の 3つの態様が挙げられる。  Next, a cell adhesion inhibitory layer containing a cell adhesion inhibitory material which has a cell adhesion inhibitory property of inhibiting adhesion to cells and which is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. A description will be given of a case where the cell adhesion inhibiting material is formed by decomposing or denaturing the cell adhesion inhibiting material by irradiating energy after the formation. In this case, the following three embodiments can be mentioned.
[0156] 第 1の態様としては、細胞接着阻害層が、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着 阻害材料および光触媒を含有する光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層であり、この光触媒 含有細胞接着阻害層に細胞接着層を形成するパターン状にエネルギーを照射する ことにより、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層自体に含有される光触媒の作用によって細 胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性された細胞接着層とする場合である。  [0156] In a first embodiment, the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing a cell adhesion-inhibiting material that inhibits adhesion to cells and a photocatalyst. By irradiating energy in a pattern that forms the cell adhesion layer, the cell adhesion inhibition material is decomposed or modified by the action of the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer itself to form a cell adhesion layer. .
[0157] 第 2の態様としては、少なくとも細胞接着阻害材料を含有する細胞接着阻害層が、 光触媒を少なくとも含有する光触媒処理層上に形成されており、この細胞接着阻害 層に細胞接着層を形成するパターン状にエネルギーを照射することにより、光触媒 処理層に含有される光触媒の作用により細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性され た細胞接着層とする場合である。 [0157] As a second embodiment, a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing at least a cell adhesion-inhibiting material, It is formed on a photocatalyst-treated layer containing at least a photocatalyst. By irradiating this cell adhesion-inhibiting layer with energy in a pattern for forming a cell-adhesive layer, cell adhesion is caused by the action of the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst-treated layer This is the case where the inhibitory material is a degraded or denatured cell adhesion layer.
[0158] 第 3の態様としては、少なくとも細胞接着阻害材料を含有する細胞接着阻害層が基 材上に形成されており、この細胞接着阻害層と、少なくとも光触媒を含有する光触媒 含有層等を細胞接着阻害層と対向させて、細胞接着層を形成するパターン状にエネ ルギーを照射することによって、細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性された細胞接 着層とする場合である。  [0158] In a third embodiment, a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing at least a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is formed on a substrate, and the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer and at least a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst are combined with a cell. In this case, the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is decomposed or denatured to form a cell-adhesion layer by irradiating energy in a pattern that forms the cell-adhesion layer in opposition to the adhesion-inhibition layer.
以下、それぞれの態様ごとにわけて説明する。  Hereinafter, each of the aspects will be described separately.
[0159] (1)第 1の態様  (1) First Embodiment
まず、細胞接着阻害層が、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着阻害材料およ び光触媒を含有する光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層であり、この光触媒含有細胞接着 層に細胞接着層を形成するパターン状にエネルギーを照射することにより、光触媒 処理層に含有される光触媒の作用により細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性され て細胞接着層が形成される場合について説明する。  First, the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer that inhibits adhesion to cells and a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing a photocatalyst. A case in which the cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed or denatured by the action of the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst treatment layer by irradiating energy in a manner to form the cell adhesion layer will be described.
[0160] 本態様によれば、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層が、光触媒と、上記細胞接着阻害 材料を含有することから、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層にエネルギー照射すること〖こ よって、細胞接着阻害材料を光触媒の作用により、分解または変性させることができ 、エネルギーが照射された領域を細胞との接着性を有する細胞接着部、すなわち細 胞接着層とすることができるのである。またこの際、エネルギーが照射されていない領 域を細胞接着補助部とすることができる。  [0160] According to this embodiment, since the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer contains the photocatalyst and the above-mentioned cell adhesion-inhibiting material, the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is irradiated with energy, whereby the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is obtained. Can be decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst, and the area irradiated with energy can be used as a cell adhesion portion having adhesiveness to cells, that is, a cell adhesion layer. At this time, a region not irradiated with energy can be used as a cell adhesion assisting portion.
[0161] このような光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層の形成は、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の 作用により分解または変性される細胞接着材料および光触媒を含有する光触媒含 有細胞接着阻害層形成用塗工液を細胞培養領域に塗布すること等により行うことが できる。この光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層形成用塗工液の塗布は、一般的な塗布方 法を用いて行うことができ、例えばスピンコート法、スプレーコート法、ディップコート 法、ロールコート法、ビードコート法等を用いることができる。 [0162] この際、上記光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層の膜厚としては、細胞培養用パターニン グ基板の種類等によって適宜選択されるものである力 通常 0. Ol /z m—l . 0 m 程度、中でも 0. 1 μ m— 0. 3 μ m程度とすること力 Sできる。 [0161] Such formation of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibitory layer is performed by using a cell adhesive material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation and a coating solution for forming a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibitory layer containing a photocatalyst. It can be performed by, for example, applying to a cell culture region. The application of the coating solution for forming the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibiting layer can be performed by a general coating method, for example, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a roll coating method, a bead coating method. Etc. can be used. [0162] At this time, the thickness of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is selected appropriately depending on the type of the cell culture patterning substrate and the like, and is generally about 0.1 Ol / zm-l. Above all, a force of about 0.1 μm-0.3 μm can be achieved.
[0163] 以下、細胞接着阻害材料について説明し、さらに、細胞接着層の形成方法につい て説明する。なお、本態様に用いられる光触媒については、上述した「1. (1)の場合 」の第 1態様で用いられる光触媒と同様とすることができるので、ここでの詳しい説明 は省略する。  [0163] Hereinafter, the cell adhesion inhibiting material will be described, and further, a method for forming the cell adhesion layer will be described. Note that the photocatalyst used in the present embodiment can be the same as the photocatalyst used in the first embodiment of “1. (1)” described above, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
a.細胞接着阻害材料  a.Cell adhesion inhibitor
まず、本態様に用いられる光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層に含有される細胞接着阻 害材料について説明する。  First, the cell adhesion-inhibiting material contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer used in the present embodiment will be described.
[0164] 本態様に用いられる細胞接着阻害材料は、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接 着阻害性を有し、かつエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解または変性さ れるものであれば、その種類等は特に限定されるものではない。  [0164] The cell adhesion-inhibiting material used in this embodiment has a cell adhesion-inhibiting property of inhibiting adhesion to cells and is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. The type and the like are not particularly limited.
[0165] ここで、上記細胞接着阻害性を有するとは、細胞が細胞接着阻害材料と接着するこ とを阻害する性質を有することを 、 、、細胞との接着性が細胞の種類によって異なる 場合等には、目的とする細胞との接着を阻害する性質を有することをいう。  [0165] Here, having the cell adhesion inhibitory property means that the cell has a property of inhibiting the cell from adhering to the cell adhesion inhibitory material, that is, when the adhesiveness to the cell differs depending on the type of the cell. And the like means having the property of inhibiting adhesion to a target cell.
[0166] 本態様に用いられる細胞接着阻害材料は、このような細胞接着阻害性を有しており 、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用によって分解または変性されて、細胞接着阻 害性を有しなくなるものや、細胞との接着性が良好となるものが用いられる。  [0166] The cell adhesion-inhibiting material used in this embodiment has such cell adhesion-inhibiting properties, and is degraded or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, and has no cell adhesion-inhibiting properties. And those having good adhesion to cells are used.
[0167] このような細胞接着阻害材料としては、例えば水和能の高 、材料を用いることがで きる。水和能の高い材料は、周りに水分子が集まった水和層が形成され、通常、この ような水和能の高 、物質は水分子との接着性の方が細胞との接着性より高 、ことから 、細胞は上記水和能の高い材料と接着することができず、細胞との接着性が低いも のとなるのである。ここで、上記水和能とは、水分子と水和する性質をいい、水和能が 高いとは、水分子と水和しやすいことをいうこととする。  [0167] As such a cell adhesion inhibiting material, for example, a material having a high hydration ability can be used. A material with high hydration ability forms a hydration layer in which water molecules are gathered around it. Generally, a substance with such high hydration ability has a higher adhesiveness to water molecules than an adhesiveness to cells. Therefore, the cells cannot adhere to the material having a high hydration ability and have low adhesion to the cells. Here, the above-mentioned hydration ability means a property of hydration with water molecules, and a high hydration ability means that it is easy to hydrate with water molecules.
[0168] 上記水和能が高く細胞接着阻害材料として用いられる材料としては、例えばポリエ チレングリコールや、ベタイン構造等を有する両性イオン材料、リン脂質含有材料等 が挙げられる。このような材料を上記細胞接着阻害材料として用いた場合、後述する エネルギー照射工程にぉ 、てエネルギーが照射された際、光触媒の作用によって、 上記細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変質等され、表面の水和層が離れることにより 、上記細胞接着阻害性を有しな 、ものとすることができるのである。 [0168] Examples of the material having a high hydration ability and used as a cell adhesion inhibiting material include polyethylene glycol, zwitterionic materials having a betaine structure and the like, and phospholipid-containing materials. When such a material is used as the cell adhesion inhibiting material, it will be described later. In the energy irradiation step, when the cell is irradiated with energy, the cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed or deteriorated by the action of a photocatalyst, and the hydration layer on the surface is separated, so that the cell adhesion inhibiting property is not obtained. , It can be.
[0169] また、本態様においては、上記細胞接着阻害材料として、光触媒の作用により分解 されるような、撥水性または撥油性の有機置換基を有する界面活性剤も用いることが できる。このような界面活性剤としては、例えば、日光ケミカルズ (株)製 NIKKOL B L、 BC、 BO、 BBの各シリーズ等の炭化水素系、デュポン社製 ZONYL FSN、 FS 0、旭硝子 (株)製サーフロン S— 141、 145、大日本インキ化学工業 (株)製メガフアツ ク F— 141、 144、ネオス(株)製フタージヱント F— 200、 F251、ダイキン工業 (株)製 ュ-ダイン DS— 401、 402、スリーェム(株)製フロラード FC— 170、 176等のフッ素 系あるいはシリコーン系の非イオン界面活'性剤を挙げることができ、また、カチオン系 界面活性剤、ァニオン系界面活性剤、両性界面活性剤を用いることもできる。  In the present embodiment, a surfactant having a water-repellent or oil-repellent organic substituent which can be decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst can also be used as the above-mentioned cell adhesion-inhibiting material. Examples of such a surfactant include hydrocarbons such as NIKKOL BL, BC, BO, and BB series manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd., ZONYL FSN and FS0 manufactured by DuPont, and Surflon S manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. — 141, 145, MegaFac F-141, 144, manufactured by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc., Futagent F-200, F251, manufactured by Neos Corporation, Dudyne DS-401, 402, manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd. Examples include fluorine-based or silicone-based nonionic surfactants such as Florad FC-170 and 176 manufactured by K.K., and cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and amphoteric surfactants. It can also be used.
[0170] このような材料を細胞接着阻害材料として用いて光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層を形 成した際に、表面に上記細胞接着阻害材料が偏在することとなる。これにより、表面 の撥水性や撥油性を高いものとすることができ、細胞との相互作用が小さぐ細胞と の接着性が低いものとすることができるのである。また、この層にエネルギー照射ェ 程において、エネルギーが照射された場合には、光触媒の作用によって、容易に分 解されて上記光触媒が露出し、上記細胞接着阻害性を有しないものとすることができ るのである。  When such a material is used as a cell adhesion-inhibiting material to form a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer, the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is unevenly distributed on the surface. As a result, the water repellency and oil repellency of the surface can be increased, and the interaction with the cell, which has a small interaction with the cell, can be reduced. When the layer is irradiated with energy in the energy irradiation step, the layer is easily decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst to expose the photocatalyst and not have the cell adhesion inhibitory property. You can.
[0171] 本態様においては、上記細胞接着阻害材料として、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒 の作用により細胞との接着性が良好となるものが用いられることが特に好ましぐこの ような細胞接着阻害材料としては、例えば撥油性や撥水性を有する材料が挙げられ る。  [0171] In the present embodiment, it is particularly preferable to use, as the above-mentioned cell adhesion-inhibiting material, a material having good adhesion to cells by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. Examples thereof include materials having oil repellency and water repellency.
[0172] 細胞接着阻害材料として、上記撥水性または撥油性を有する材料を用いた場合に は、細胞接着阻害材料の撥水性または撥油性によって、細胞と細胞接着阻害材料と の間における、例えば疎水性相互作用等の相互作用が小さぐ細胞との接着性を低 いちのとすることがでさる。  [0172] When the above-mentioned water-repellent or oil-repellent material is used as the cell adhesion-inhibiting material, the water-repellent or oil-repellent properties of the cell-adhesion-inhibiting material, such as hydrophobicity, Adhesion with cells with small interaction such as sexual interaction can be reduced.
[0173] このような撥水性または撥油性を有する材料としては、例えば骨格が光触媒の作用 により分解されな 、ような高 、結合エネルギーを有するものであって、光触媒の作用 により分解されるような撥水性または撥油性の有機置換基を有するもの等を挙げるこ とがでさる。 [0173] As such a material having water repellency or oil repellency, for example, the skeleton has a photocatalytic action. Examples thereof include those having a high binding energy that are not decomposed by water and those having a water-repellent or oil-repellent organic substituent that is decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst.
[0174] 骨格が光触媒の作用により分解されないような高い結合エネルギーを有するもので あって、光触媒の作用により分解されるような撥水性または撥油性の有機置換基を 有するものとしては、例えば、上述した「1. (1)の場合」にバインダとして用いられる(1 )ゾルゲル反応等によりクロ口またはアルコキシシラン等を加水分解、重縮合して大き な強度を発揮するオルガノポリシロキサン、 (2)反応性シリコーンを架橋したオルガノ ポリシロキサン等を挙げることができる。  [0174] Examples of those having a high binding energy such that the skeleton is not decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst and having a water-repellent or oil-repellent organic substituent capable of being decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst include those described above. (1) An organopolysiloxane that exerts high strength by hydrolyzing and polycondensing the lip or alkoxysilane etc. by sol-gel reaction, etc. (2) Reaction And organopolysiloxanes obtained by crosslinking functional silicone.
[0175] このような物質は、「1. (1)の場合」においてノインダとして用いられる場合には、上 記オルガノポリシロキサン等の側鎖等をエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により、 高い割合で分解または変性させて、超親水性とすることにより、細胞接着阻害性を有 する材料として用いられる。  [0175] When such a substance is used as a binder in "1. (1)", the side chain of the above-mentioned organopolysiloxane or the like is acted upon by a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation to a high rate. It is used as a material having cell adhesion inhibitory property by decomposing or denaturing to make it super-hydrophilic.
[0176] 一方、本態様において、細胞接着阻害材料として用いられる場合には、上記オル ガノポリシロキサン等の側鎖等は、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により完全に は分解または変性等されない程度、エネルギーを照射することによって、エネルギー が照射された領域を細胞との接着性を有するものとすることができる。  [0176] On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when used as a cell adhesion-inhibiting material, the side chains of the above-mentioned organopolysiloxane and the like are not decomposed or denatured completely by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. By irradiating the energy, the region irradiated with the energy can have adhesiveness to cells.
[0177] ここで、上記材料を細胞接着阻害材料として用いる場合、通常、水との接触角が 80 ° 以上、中でも 100° — 130° の範囲内である材料を細胞接着阻害材料として用い ることが好ましい。これにより、細胞との接着性を低いものとすることができるからであ る。なお、上記角度の上限は、平坦な基材上での細胞接着阻害材料の水との接触 角の上限であり、例えば凹凸を有するような基材上での上記細胞接着阻害材料の水 との接触角を測定した場合には、例えば資料ジャパニーズ 'ジャーナル ·ォブ ·ァプラ イド'フィジックス、パート 2、 32卷、 L614—L615、 1993年 Ogawaら、に示されるよ うに上限が 160° 程度となる場合もある。  [0177] Here, when the above-mentioned material is used as a cell adhesion-inhibiting material, a material having a contact angle with water of 80 ° or more, particularly in the range of 100 ° to 130 °, is usually used as the cell adhesion-inhibiting material. Is preferred. Thereby, the adhesiveness to cells can be reduced. Note that the upper limit of the angle is the upper limit of the contact angle of the cell adhesion-inhibiting material with water on a flat substrate, for example, with the water of the cell adhesion-inhibiting material on a substrate having irregularities. When the contact angle is measured, the upper limit is about 160 ° as shown in, for example, Material Japanese 'Journal of Applied' Physics, Part 2, Volume 32, L614-L615, 1993 Ogawa et al. In some cases.
[0178] また、この細胞接着阻害材料にエネルギーを照射し、細胞との接着性を有するもの とする場合には、水との接触角が 10° — 40° 、中でも 15° — 30° の範囲内とする ようにエネルギーが照射されることが好ましい。これにより、細胞との接着性を高いも のとすることができるからである。なお、上記水との接触角は、上述した方法により得 ることがでさる。 [0178] When the material for inhibiting cell adhesion is irradiated with energy so as to have adhesiveness to cells, the contact angle with water is in the range of 10 ° to 40 °, particularly 15 ° to 30 °. It is preferable to irradiate the energy so as to be within. As a result, adhesion to cells is high. It is because it can be. The contact angle with water can be obtained by the method described above.
[0179] また、上記のオルガノポリシロキサン等とともに、ジメチルポリシロキサンのような架橋 反応をしな 、安定なオルガノシリコンィ匕合物を別途混合してもよ ヽ。  [0179] A stable organosilicon conjugate, which does not undergo a crosslinking reaction like dimethylpolysiloxane, may be separately mixed with the above-mentioned organopolysiloxane and the like.
[0180] 上記のような反応性シリコーンを用いることにより、撥水性や撥油性を高いものとす ることができ、細胞との相互作用が小さぐ細胞との接着性が低いものとすることがで きる。また、上記のような材料にエネルギーが照射された場合には、容易に置換基を 除去して表面に OH基等を導入することができ、細胞との相互作用を大きなものとで きることから、細胞との接着性を良好なものとすることができるのである。  [0180] By using the reactive silicone as described above, water repellency and oil repellency can be increased, and interaction with cells is small and adhesion to cells is low. it can. In addition, when energy is irradiated to the above-mentioned materials, the substituents can be easily removed to introduce OH groups and the like to the surface, and interaction with cells can be increased. Thus, the adhesiveness to cells can be improved.
[0181] このような細胞接着阻害材料は、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層中に 0. 01重量%— 95重量%、中でも 1重量%—10重量%の範囲内含有されることが好ましい。これに より、細胞接着阻害材料を含有する領域を細胞との接着性が低い領域とすることが できる力 である。  [0181] Such a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is preferably contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer in the range of 0.01% by weight to 95% by weight, particularly preferably 1% by weight to 10% by weight. This is a force that enables the region containing the cell adhesion inhibiting material to be a region having low adhesion to cells.
[0182] なお、上記細胞接着阻害材料は、界面活性を有することが好ま U、。例えば、上記 細胞接着阻害材料を含有する光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層形成用塗工液等を塗布 した後、乾燥させる際等に、塗膜表面に偏在する割合が高まり、結果として良好な細 胞接着阻害性を得られるからである。  [0182] The cell adhesion-inhibiting material preferably has surface activity. For example, when a coating solution for forming a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibitor layer containing the above-mentioned cell adhesion inhibitor material is applied and then dried, the rate of uneven distribution on the surface of the coating film increases, resulting in good cell adhesion. This is because inhibitory properties can be obtained.
[0183] b.その他  [0183] b. Other
また、本態様の光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層には、例えば層を形成する際の塗工 性や、層を形成した際の強度や耐性等、必要とされる特性に合わせてバインダ等が 含有されていてもよい。また、上記細胞接着阻害材料が上記バインダとしての機能を 果たすものであってもよ 、。  In addition, the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer of the present embodiment contains a binder or the like in accordance with required properties such as coatability when forming the layer, strength and resistance when forming the layer, and the like. May be. Further, the cell adhesion-inhibiting material may function as the binder.
[0184] このようなバインダとしては、例えば主骨格が上記光触媒の作用により分解されな いような高い結合エネルギーを有するものを用いることができる。具体的には、有機 置換基を有しな ヽ、もしくは接着性に影響を与えな ヽ程度の有機置換基を有するポ リシロキサン等を挙げることができ、これらはテトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン 等を加水分解、重縮合すること〖こより得ることができる。  As such a binder, for example, a binder having such a high binding energy that the main skeleton is not decomposed by the action of the photocatalyst can be used. Specifically, polysiloxane having no organic substituent or having a small amount of organic substituent that does not affect the adhesion can be mentioned, such as tetramethoxysilane and tetraethoxysilane. Can be obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation.
[0185] 本態様にぉ ヽては、このようなバインダは、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層中に 5重量 %— 95重量%、中でも 40重量%— 90重量%、特に 60重量%— 80重量%の範囲 内含有されることが好ましい。これにより、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層の形成を容易 としたり、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層に強度を付与する等、特性を発揮することが 可能となるからである。 [0185] In the present embodiment, such a binder is contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer in an amount of 5% by weight. % -95% by weight, especially 40% -90% by weight, particularly 60% -80% by weight. This makes it possible to exhibit properties such as facilitating formation of the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer and imparting strength to the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer.
[0186] また、本態様においては特に、上記光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層中に、少なくとも エネルギー照射された後に、細胞と接着性を有する細胞接着材料が含有されること が好ましい。これにより、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層が、エネルギーが照射された領 域である細胞接着部、すなわち細胞接着層の細胞との接着性をより良好なものとす ることができる力らである。このような細胞接着材料としては、上記ノインダとして用い られるものであってもよく、また、バインダと別に使用されるものであってもよい。また例 えば、エネルギー照射される前力 細胞と良好な接着性を有するものであってもよぐ エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用によって、細胞と良好な接着性を有するものと なるものであってもよい。ここで、上記細胞と接着性を有するとは、細胞と良好に接着 することをいい、細胞との接着性が細胞の種類によって異なる場合等には、 目的とす る細胞と良好に接着することを 、う。  [0186] In this embodiment, it is particularly preferable that the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer contains a cell-adhesive material having adhesive properties to cells after at least energy irradiation. Thus, the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is a force capable of improving the adhesion of the cell adhesion portion, which is the area irradiated with energy, that is, the cell adhesion layer to the cells. Such a cell adhesive material may be used as the above-mentioned binder, or may be used separately from the binder. Further, for example, the force before irradiation with energy may be one having good adhesion to cells. Even one having good adhesion to cells by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation may be used. Good. Here, having the above-mentioned adhesive property with the cell means that the cell adheres well to the cell, and when the adhesive property with the cell differs depending on the type of the cell, etc., it should adhere well to the target cell. ,
[0187] 本態様においては、少なくともエネルギー照射された後に、上記細胞接着材料が 細胞と良好な接着性を有するものであれば、細胞との接着が、例えば疎水性相互作 用や、静電的相互作用、水素結合、ファンデルワールス力等の物理的相互作用によ り良好なものとされるものであってもよぐ生物学的特性により、良好なものとされるも のであってもよい。  [0187] In the present embodiment, if the above-mentioned cell adhesive material has good adhesiveness to cells at least after being irradiated with energy, the adhesion to cells may be, for example, hydrophobic interaction or electrostatic. It may be good due to physical interaction such as interaction, hydrogen bonding, van der Waals force, etc. .
[0188] 本態様にぉ ヽては、このような細胞接着材料は、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層中に [0188] In the present embodiment, such a cell adhesion material is contained in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer.
0. 01重量%— 95重量%、中でも 1重量%—10重量%の範囲内含有されることが好 ましい。これにより、光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層が、エネルギー照射された領域であ る細胞接着層の細胞との接着性をより良好なものとすることができる力もである。また 、エネルギー照射される前カゝら細胞と良好な接着性を有する材料を細胞接着材料と して用いる場合には、エネルギー照射されない領域、すなわち細胞接着補助部とな る領域における上記細胞接着阻害材料の細胞接着阻害性を阻害しない程度含有さ れることが好ましい。 [0189] c.細胞接着層の形成方法 It is preferable that the content is 0.01% by weight to 95% by weight, particularly 1% by weight to 10% by weight. Accordingly, the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is also capable of improving the adhesiveness of the cell adhesion layer, which is a region irradiated with energy, to cells. In addition, when a material having good adhesiveness to the capillar cells before the energy irradiation is used as the cell adhesive material, the cell adhesion inhibition in the region not irradiated with the energy, that is, the region serving as the cell adhesion auxiliary part. It is preferably contained to such an extent that the cell adhesion inhibitory property of the material is not inhibited. [0189] c. Method for forming cell adhesion layer
次に、細胞接着層の形成方法について説明する。本態様においては、例えば図 1 1に示すように、基材 1上の細胞培養領域上に形成された上記細胞接着阻害材料お よび光触媒を含有する光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層 8に、例えばフォトマスク 5等を用 いてエネルギー 6を、細胞接着層(細胞接着部)を形成するパターン状に照射する( 図 11 (a) )。これにより、エネルギー照射された領域を細胞接着阻害材料が分解また は変性されてい細胞との接着性を有する細胞接着層(細胞接着部) 7とすることがで き、エネルギー照射されて ヽな ヽ領域を細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着補 助部 4とすることができるのである。この際、細胞接着部には、光触媒、および細胞接 着阻害材料の分解物や変性物等が含有されることとなる。  Next, a method for forming the cell adhesion layer will be described. In this embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 11, a photomask containing a photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer 8 containing the cell adhesion-inhibiting material and the photocatalyst formed on the cell culture region on the substrate 1 Using 5 or the like, irradiate energy 6 in a pattern to form a cell adhesion layer (cell adhesion part) (Fig. 11 (a)). As a result, the region irradiated with energy can be made into a cell adhesion layer (cell adhesion portion) 7 having a cell adhesion-inhibiting material degraded or denatured and having adhesiveness to cells, and is not irradiated with energy. It can be a cell adhesion assistant 4 that inhibits the region from adhering to cells. At this time, the cell adhesion portion contains a photocatalyst, a decomposed product or a modified product of the cell adhesion inhibiting material, and the like.
[0190] ここで、本態様で 、うエネルギー照射 (露光)とは、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の 作用によって、細胞接着阻害材料を分解または変性させることが可能な 、かなるェ ネルギ一線の照射をも含む概念であり、光の照射に限定されるものではない。  [0190] Here, in the present embodiment, "energy irradiation (exposure)" refers to irradiation of a line of energy capable of decomposing or denaturing a cell adhesion-inhibiting material by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying the energy irradiation. And is not limited to light irradiation.
[0191] なお、このようなエネルギー照射の方法等については、上述した「1. (1)の場合」の 第 1の態様で説明したものと同様であるので、ここでの詳 、説明は省略する。  [0191] Note that such an energy irradiation method and the like are the same as those described in the first embodiment of the above-mentioned "1. (1) case", and thus the details and description thereof are omitted here. I do.
[0192] (2)第 2の態様  [0192] (2) Second aspect
次に、少なくとも細胞接着阻害材料を含有する細胞接着阻害層が、光触媒を少なく とも含有する光触媒処理層上に形成されており、細胞接着層を形成するパターン状 に、エネルギーを照射することにより細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性された細 胞接着層とする場合について説明する。  Next, a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing at least a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is formed on the photocatalyst-treated layer containing at least a photocatalyst, and the cells are irradiated with energy in a pattern to form the cell adhesion layer. The case where the adhesion-inhibiting material is a decomposed or denatured cell adhesion layer will be described.
[0193] 本態様においては、上記細胞接着阻害層が光触媒処理層上に形成されていること から、細胞接着阻害層にエネルギー照射をすることにより、光触媒処理層中に含有さ れる光触媒が励起され、細胞接着阻害層中の細胞接着阻害材料を分解または変性 することができ、細胞接着部(細胞接着層)を形成することができるのである。またこの 際、エネルギーが照射されず、細胞接着阻害材料が残存する領域を細胞接着補助 部とすることができる。 [0193] In the present embodiment, since the cell adhesion inhibiting layer is formed on the photocatalyst treatment layer, the photocatalyst contained in the photocatalyst treatment layer is excited by irradiating the cell adhesion inhibition layer with energy. In addition, the cell adhesion-inhibiting material in the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer can be decomposed or denatured, and a cell adhesion portion (cell adhesion layer) can be formed. Further, at this time, a region where the energy is not irradiated and the cell adhesion inhibiting material remains can be used as a cell adhesion auxiliary part.
[0194] ここで、上記細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性されて!、るとは、上記細胞接着 阻害材料が含有されて 、な ヽ、もしくは上記細胞接着補助層に含有される細胞接着 阻害材料の量と比較して、細胞接着阻害材料が少な ヽ量含有されて ヽることを ヽぅ。 例えば上記細胞接着阻害材料がエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解さ れるものである場合には、細胞接着部中にはその細胞接着阻害材料が少量含有さ れている、または細胞接着阻害材料の分解物等が含有されていること等となる。また 、上記細胞接着阻害材料がエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により変性されるも のである場合には、細胞接着部中にはその変性物等が含有されていることとなる。本 態様においては、上記細胞接着部に、少なくともエネルギー照射された後に、細胞と の接着性を有する細胞接着物質が含有されていることが好ましい。これにより、細胞 接着部の細胞との接着性をより高いものとすることができ、上記細胞接着部のみに、 高精細に細胞を接着させることが可能となるからである。 [0194] Here, "the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is degraded or denatured!" Means that the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained, or that the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained in the cell adhesion-assisting layer. Compared to the amount of the inhibitory material, the cell adhesion inhibitory material contained a smaller amount. For example, when the cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the cell adhesion portion contains a small amount of the cell adhesion inhibiting material, or the cell adhesion inhibiting material It means that decomposed products and the like are contained. Further, when the above-mentioned cell adhesion inhibiting material is modified by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the modified substance or the like is contained in the cell adhesion portion. In this embodiment, it is preferable that the cell adhesion portion contains a cell adhesion substance having an adhesive property to cells after at least energy irradiation. Thereby, the adhesiveness between the cell adhesion portion and the cell can be further enhanced, and the cell can be adhered to only the cell adhesion portion with high definition.
[0195] 以下、本態様に用いられる細胞接着阻害層について説明する。なお、本態様に用 いられる光触媒処理層については、上述した「1. (1)の場合」の第 2の態様で説明し たものと同様のものを用いることができ、また細胞接着層の形成方法については、上 記の第 1の態様と同様とすることができるので、ここでの説明は省略する。  [0195] Hereinafter, the cell adhesion inhibiting layer used in the present embodiment will be described. The photocatalyst treatment layer used in the present embodiment can be the same as that described in the second embodiment of the above-mentioned “1. The forming method can be the same as in the first embodiment described above, and the description is omitted here.
[0196] (細胞接着阻害層)  [0196] (Cell adhesion inhibition layer)
本態様に用いられる細胞接着阻害層は、上記光触媒処理層上に形成されるもので あり、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着阻害性を有しかつエネルギー照射に 伴う光触媒の作用により分解または変性される細胞接着阻害材料を含有するもので あれば特に限定されるものである。  The cell adhesion-inhibiting layer used in this embodiment is formed on the photocatalyst-treated layer, has a cell adhesion-inhibiting property of inhibiting adhesion to cells, and is decomposed or degraded by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. It is not particularly limited as long as it contains a cell adhesion inhibiting material to be denatured.
[0197] 本態様においては、このような層が形成可能であれば、その形成方法等は特に限 定されるものではなぐ例えば、上記細胞接着阻害材料を含有する細胞接着阻害層 形成用塗工液を、一般的な塗布方法により細胞培養領域に塗布することにより、形 成することができる。また、このような細胞接着阻害層の膜厚は、細胞培養用パター ユング基板の種類等によって適宜選択されるものである力 通常 0. 001 m— 1. 0 μ m程度、中でも 0. 005 μ m— 0. 3 μ m程度とすること力できる。  In the present embodiment, the formation method and the like are not particularly limited as long as such a layer can be formed. For example, a coating for forming a cell adhesion inhibition layer containing the above-mentioned cell adhesion inhibition material The solution can be formed by applying the solution to the cell culture area by a general application method. Further, the thickness of such a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is appropriately selected depending on the kind of the cell culturing pattern substrate, etc. Usually, the force is about 0.001 m-1.0 μm, and especially 0.005 μm. m— 0.3 μm.
[0198] ここで、本態様にぉ ヽて形成される細胞接着阻害層に用いられる具体的な細胞接 着阻害材料としては、第 1の態様で説明した光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層に用いられ る細胞接着阻害材料と同様のものを用いることができるので、ここでの詳しい説明は 省略する。また、本態様の細胞接着阻害層にも、第 1の態様で説明した光触媒含有 細胞接着阻害層で説明した細胞接着性を有する材料が含有されていることが好まし い。これにより、エネルギー照射された領域である細胞接着部(細胞接着層)の細胞 との接着性を高 ヽものとすることができるカゝらである。 [0198] Here, as a specific cell adhesion-inhibiting material used for the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer formed according to this embodiment, the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer described in the first embodiment is used. The same material as the cell adhesion inhibitor can be used. Omitted. Further, it is preferable that the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer of the present embodiment also contains the material having the cell adhesion described in the photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion-inhibiting layer described in the first embodiment. Thereby, the adhesiveness with the cells of the cell adhesion portion (cell adhesion layer), which is the region irradiated with energy, can be enhanced.
[0199] (3)第 3の態様  (3) Third Mode
次に、少なくとも細胞接着阻害材料を含有する細胞接着阻害層が基材上に形成さ れており、この細胞接着阻害層と、少なくとも光触媒を含有する光触媒含有層等を細 胞接着阻害層と対向させて、細胞接着層を形成するパターン状にエネルギーを照射 することによって、細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性された細胞接着層とする場 合について説明する。  Next, a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing at least a cell adhesion-inhibiting material is formed on the substrate, and the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer and at least a photocatalyst-containing layer containing a photocatalyst are opposed to the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer. The case where the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is decomposed or denatured to form a cell adhesion layer by irradiating energy in a pattern for forming the cell adhesion layer will be described.
[0200] 本態様にぉ 、ては、上記細胞接着阻害層中に、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の 作用により分解または変性される細胞接着阻害材料が含有されて!ヽることから、細胞 接着阻害層と光触媒含有層とを対向させて配置し、細胞接着層 (細胞接着部)を形 成するパターン状にエネルギーを照射することにより、細胞光触媒含有層中の光触 媒の作用により、細胞接着阻害層中の細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性されて、 細胞接着層(細胞接着部)を形成することができるのである。この際、エネルギーが照 射されていない領域については、細胞接着阻害材料が残存することから、細胞と接 着することを阻害するものとすることができ、細胞接着補助部として用いることができる のである。  [0200] In the present embodiment, since the cell adhesion inhibiting layer decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation is contained in the cell adhesion inhibiting layer, the cell adhesion inhibiting layer And the photocatalyst-containing layer are arranged to face each other, and energy is irradiated in a pattern that forms the cell adhesion layer (cell adhesion part), thereby inhibiting cell adhesion by the action of the photocatalyst in the cell photocatalyst-containing layer. The cell adhesion-inhibiting material in the layer is decomposed or denatured to form a cell adhesion layer (cell adhesion part). At this time, since the cell adhesion-inhibiting material remains in the region where the energy is not irradiated, it can be prevented from adhering to the cells, and can be used as a cell adhesion auxiliary part. is there.
[0201] ここで、上記細胞接着阻害材料が分解または変性されて!、るとは、上記細胞接着 阻害材料が含有されて 、な ヽ、もしくは上記細胞接着補助層に含有される細胞接着 阻害材料の量と比較して、細胞接着阻害材料が少な ヽ量含有されて ヽることを ヽぅ。 例えば上記細胞接着阻害材料がエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解さ れるものである場合には、細胞接着部(細胞接着層)中にはその細胞接着阻害材料 が少量含有されて ヽる、または細胞接着阻害材料の分解物等が含有されて ヽること 等となる。また、上記細胞接着阻害材料がエネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用によ り変性されるものである場合には、細胞接着部中にはその変性物等が含有されてい ることとなる。本態様においては、上記細胞接着部に、少なくともエネルギー照射され た後に、細胞との接着性を有する細胞接着物質が含有されていることが好ましい。こ れにより、細胞接着部の細胞との接着性をより高いものとすることができ、上記細胞接 着部のみに、高精細に細胞を接着させることが可能となるからである。 [0201] Here, "the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is degraded or denatured!" Means that the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained, or that the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained in the cell adhesion auxiliary layer. That the cell adhesion-inhibiting material is contained in a smaller amount than the amount of the cell adhesion inhibitor. For example, when the above-mentioned cell adhesion inhibiting material is decomposed by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the cell adhesion portion (cell adhesion layer) contains a small amount of the cell adhesion inhibiting material, or That is, a decomposition product of the cell adhesion inhibiting material or the like is contained. When the above-mentioned cell adhesion-inhibiting material is modified by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, the cell adhesion portion contains a modified product thereof. In this embodiment, at least energy irradiation is performed on the cell adhesion portion. After that, it is preferable to contain a cell adhesive substance having an adhesive property to cells. Thereby, the adhesiveness between the cell adhesion portion and the cell can be further improved, and the cell can be adhered to only the cell adhesion portion with high definition.
[0202] なお、本態様に用いられる細胞接着阻害層は、上記第 2の態様で説明した細胞接 着阻害層と同様であり、光触媒含有層側基板およびその配置については、「1. (1) の場合」の第 3の態様で説明したものと同様であるので、ここでの詳しい説明は省略 する。また、エネルギーの照射方法等については、上記第 1の態様と同様であるので ここでの説明は省略する。  [0202] The cell adhesion-inhibiting layer used in this embodiment is the same as the cell adhesion-inhibiting layer described in the second embodiment. For the substrate on the photocatalyst-containing layer side and its arrangement, see "1. )) ", The detailed description is omitted here. Further, the method of irradiating energy and the like are the same as those in the first embodiment, and thus description thereof will be omitted.
[0203] B.第 2実施態様 [0203] B. Second embodiment
次に、本発明の細胞培養用パターユング基板の第 2実施態様について説明する。 本発明の細胞培養用パターユング基板の第 2実施態様は、基材と、上記基材上に形 成され、細胞を培養する領域であり、かつ細胞と接着性を有する細胞接着層を含有 する細胞培養領域とを有する細胞培養用パターユング基板であって、  Next, a second embodiment of the puttering substrate for cell culture of the present invention will be described. A second embodiment of the puttering substrate for cell culture of the present invention comprises a substrate, a cell adhesion region formed on the substrate and culturing cells, and having a cell adhesion property to the cells. A cell culture putter substrate having a cell culture region,
上記細胞接着層は、端部が凹凸を有するパターン状に形成されているものである。 本実施態様における細胞培養用パターユング基板は、例えば図 12に示すように、 基材 1と、その基材 1上に形成された細胞培養領域 2を有するものであって、細胞培 養領域 2に形成されている細胞接着層 7の端部 aが、凹凸を有するパターン状に形成 されているものである。  The cell adhesive layer is formed in a pattern having edges with irregularities. The puttering substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment has a substrate 1 and a cell culture region 2 formed on the substrate 1 as shown in FIG. The end part a of the cell adhesive layer 7 formed in this manner is formed in a pattern having irregularities.
[0204] 上述したように、細胞培養領域に細胞を付着させた際、細胞は端部から形態変化 を伴って規則的に配列し、組織が形成される。ここで、細胞を培養する際、直線的な 線に沿って細胞を付着させる場合と、凹凸を有する線に沿って細胞を付着させる場 合とでは、凹凸を有する線に沿って細胞を付着させる場合の方が、細胞の形態変化 が活発化し、かつ規則的に配列することが可能となる。本実施態様によれば、細胞が 配列を開始する細胞接着層の端部が凹凸を有するパターン状に形成されていること から、その端部に付着した細胞を活性ィ匕することができ、また細胞を規則的に良好に 配列させることが可能となるのである。  [0204] As described above, when cells are attached to the cell culture region, the cells are regularly arranged from the end with a morphological change, and a tissue is formed. Here, when culturing cells, when cells are adhered along a straight line, and when cells are adhered along an uneven line, cells are adhered along an irregular line. In this case, the morphological changes of the cells are activated and the cells can be arranged regularly. According to this embodiment, since the end of the cell adhesive layer where cells start to be arranged is formed in a pattern having irregularities, cells attached to the end can be activated. It is possible to arrange the cells regularly and well.
[0205] 以下、本実施態様における細胞培養用パターユング基板の各構成について説明 する。なお、本実施態様に用いられる基材については、上述した第 1実施態様で用 V、られるものと同様であるので、ここでの詳し 、説明は省略する。 [0205] Hereinafter, each configuration of the pattern culturing substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment will be described. The substrate used in this embodiment is the same as that used in the first embodiment described above. V, which is the same as that described above, and a detailed description thereof will be omitted here.
[0206] 1.細胞培養領域  [0206] 1. Cell culture area
まず、本実施態様の細胞培養用パターユング基板における細胞培養領域にっ ヽ て説明する。本実施態様の細胞培養用パターニング基板における細胞培養領域と は、細胞を培養する領域であって、端部に凹凸を有するパターン状に形成された細 胞接着層を有するものであれば、特に限定されるものではな 、。  First, a cell culture region on the putter substrate for cell culture of the present embodiment will be described. The cell culture region in the patterning substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment is a region for culturing cells and is not particularly limited as long as it has a cell adhesive layer formed in a pattern having irregularities at the ends. What is not done.
[0207] ここで、細胞培養領域は、上記基材上に形成され、基材の細胞培養領域以外の部 分は、細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞非培養領域とされる。また、上記細胞接着 層の端部とは、通常、この細胞培養領域と細胞非培養領域との境界となる(図 12に おいて、 aで示される)。  [0207] Here, the cell culture region is formed on the base material, and the portion of the base material other than the cell culture region is a cell non-culture region that inhibits adhesion to cells. In addition, the edge of the cell adhesion layer is usually a boundary between the cell culture region and the cell non-culture region (indicated by a in FIG. 12).
[0208] 本実施態様においては、この細胞培養領域に形成される細胞接着層の端部全部 を、凹凸を有するものとしてもよぐまた例えば図 12に示すように、端部のうち、一部 のみを凹凸を有するものとしてもよ!/、。  [0208] In the present embodiment, the entire edge of the cell adhesion layer formed in the cell culture region may be provided with irregularities. For example, as shown in FIG. Only the one with irregularities may be used! / ,.
[0209] このように細胞接着層の端部に形成される凹凸としては、細胞接着層に付着した細 胞が、規則的に配列することが可能な程度のものであることが好ましぐ特に凹部端 力も凸部端までの距離が、細胞接着層に細胞を付着させた際、細胞が直線的に整 列する大きさで形成されて ヽることが好ま ヽ。  [0209] The unevenness formed at the end of the cell adhesive layer is preferably such that the cells adhered to the cell adhesive layer can be regularly arranged. It is preferable that the distance between the concave end force and the convex end is formed so that the cells are linearly aligned when the cells are attached to the cell adhesive layer.
[0210] 具体的な凹凸の大きさとしては、培養する細胞の形状等によって適宜選択されるも のであるが、通常、凹凸の凹部端から凸部短までの距離の平均が 0. 5 m— 30 m、中でも 1 μ m— 5 μ mの範囲内であることが好ましい。これにより、細胞を培養した 際、細胞培養領域の端部において細胞が欠けることなぐ目的とする形状に細胞を 培養し、組織を形成することが可能となる力もである。ここで、上記凹凸の凹部端から 凸部端までの距離の平均の測定は、細胞接着部と細胞接着補助部の境界 200 μ m の範囲における各凹凸の最底部力 最頂部までの距離を測定し、その平均を算出し た値である。  [0210] The specific size of the unevenness is appropriately selected depending on the shape of the cells to be cultured and the like, but usually, the average of the distance from the concave end to the short end of the unevenness is 0.5 m— It is preferably within a range of 30 m, especially 1 μm-5 μm. Accordingly, when the cells are cultured, the cells can be cultured in a desired shape without lacking the cells at the end of the cell culture region and a tissue can be formed. Here, the average measurement of the distance from the concave end to the convex end of the unevenness was measured by measuring the distance from the bottom of each unevenness to the top of each unevenness in the range of 200 μm between the cell adhesion part and the cell adhesion auxiliary part. This is the calculated value of the average.
[0211] このような端部を有する細胞接着層としては、細胞と接着性を有する層であれば、 特に限定されるものではない。またこの細胞接着層の形成方法としても、上記端部を 形成することが可能な方法であれば、特に限定されるものではなぐ例えば細胞と接 着性を有する材料を含有する細胞接着層形成用塗工液等を一般的な印刷法により 塗布する方法や、上記細胞接着層形成用塗工液を塗布した後、フォトリソグラフィー 法等によってパターユングする方法等が挙げられる。また、本実施態様においては、 上記第 1実施態様で説明したように、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により分解 または変性される細胞接着性材料を含有する細胞接着層を形成し、エネルギー照射 によって、細胞接着層をパターユングしてもよい。またさらに、上記第 1実施態様で説 明したように、細胞との接着阻害性を有する細胞接着阻害材料を含有する細胞接着 阻害層を形成し、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により、この細胞接着阻害材 料を分解または変性させて、細胞接着層が形成されたものであってもよい。 [0211] The cell adhesive layer having such an end is not particularly limited as long as it is a layer having an adhesive property to cells. The method for forming the cell adhesion layer is not particularly limited as long as the method is capable of forming the above-mentioned end portion. A method of applying a coating solution for forming a cell adhesive layer containing a material having adhesive properties by a general printing method, or a method of applying the coating solution for forming a cell adhesive layer, followed by a pattern lithography method or the like. And the like. In the present embodiment, as described in the first embodiment, a cell adhesive layer containing a cell adhesive material that is decomposed or denatured by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation is formed. The cell adhesion layer may be putterung. Further, as described in the first embodiment, a cell adhesion-inhibiting layer containing a cell adhesion-inhibiting material having cell-adhesion-inhibiting properties is formed, and this cell adhesion-inhibiting layer is formed by the action of a photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation. The cell adhesion layer may be formed by decomposing or denaturing the inhibitor.
[0212] これらの方法や材料等については、上記第 1実施態様と同様であるので、ここでの 詳しい説明は省略する。  [0212] Since these methods, materials, and the like are the same as those in the first embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
[0213] ここで、本実施態様においても、上述した細胞培養領域に、上述した第 1実施態様 で説明した細胞接着補助部が形成されていることが好ましい。これにより、効率よく細 胞を培養して、大面積の組織等を形成することが可能となるからである。  [0213] Here, also in the present embodiment, it is preferable that the cell adhesion auxiliary portion described in the first embodiment is formed in the cell culture region. Thereby, cells can be cultured efficiently and a large-area tissue or the like can be formed.
[0214] 2.細胞培養用パターニング基板  [0214] 2. Patterning substrate for cell culture
次に、本実施態様の細胞培養用パターユング基板について説明する。本実施態様 の細胞培養用パターユング基板は、上述した基材上に上記端部を有する細胞接着 層が形成されているものであれば、特に限定されるものではなぐ必要に応じて、例 えば遮光部等の部材が形成されて 、るものであってもよ 、。  Next, the putter substrate for cell culture according to the present embodiment will be described. The pattern culturing substrate for cell culture of the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the cell adhesion layer having the above-mentioned end is formed on the above-mentioned base material. A member such as a light shielding portion may be formed.
[0215] なお、本発明は上記実施形態に限定されるものではない。上記実施形態は、例示 であり、本発明の特許請求の範囲に記載された技術的思想と実質的に同一な構成 を有し、同様な作用効果を奏するものは、いかなるものであっても本発明の技術的範 囲に包含される。  [0215] The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment. The above embodiment is an exemplification, and has substantially the same configuration as the technical idea described in the claims of the present invention. Included in the technical scope of the invention.
実施例  Example
[0216] 以下に実施例を示し、本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。  Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to Examples.
[実施例 1]  [Example 1]
<光触媒含有層を有するフォトマスクの形成 >  <Formation of photomask having photocatalyst containing layer>
開 B咅の幅力 60 /ζ πι、遮光咅の幅力 S 300 mの、 60 m/300 mのライン &ス ペースを有し、その開口部と遮光部との境界が 1 μ m角の凹凸を有するように形成さ れたフォトマスクを形成した。 Open B 咅 width 60/60 πι, shading 咅 width S 300m, 60m / 300m line & switch A photomask having a pace and formed so that the boundary between the opening and the light-shielding portion had irregularities of 1 μm square was formed.
次に、トリメトキシメチルシラン TSL8114 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 5gと 0. 5規定塩酸 2. 5gとを混合し、 8時間攪拌した。これをイソプロピルアルコールにより 10倍に希釈 し、プライマー層用組成物とした。このプライマー層用組成物をフォトマスクのパター ン面上にスピンコーティング法により塗布し、その基板を 150°Cの温度で 10分間乾 燥することにより、プライマー層を形成した。  Next, 5 g of trimethoxymethylsilane TSL8114 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) and 2.5 g of 0.5 N hydrochloric acid were mixed and stirred for 8 hours. This was diluted 10-fold with isopropyl alcohol to obtain a primer layer composition. This primer layer composition was applied onto the pattern surface of a photomask by a spin coating method, and the substrate was dried at a temperature of 150 ° C. for 10 minutes to form a primer layer.
次に、イソプロピルアルコール 30gとトリメトキシメチルシラン TSL8114(GE東芝シリコ ーン社製) 3gと光触媒無機コーティング剤 ST- K03(石原産業) 20gとを混合し、 100°C で 20分間攪拌した。これをイソプロピルアルコールにより 3倍希釈し、光触媒含有層 用組成物とした。この光触媒含有層用組成物を、プライマー層が形成されたフォトマ スク基板上にスピンコーターにより塗布し、 150°Cで 10分間の乾燥処理を行うこと〖こ より、透明な光触媒含有層を有するフォトマスクを形成した。  Next, 30 g of isopropyl alcohol, 3 g of trimethoxymethylsilane TSL8114 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) and 20 g of a photocatalytic inorganic coating agent ST-K03 (Ishihara Sangyo) were mixed and stirred at 100 ° C. for 20 minutes. This was diluted 3-fold with isopropyl alcohol to obtain a photocatalyst-containing layer composition. The composition for a photocatalyst-containing layer is applied to a photomask substrate on which a primer layer is formed by a spin coater, and dried at 150 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a photomask having a transparent photocatalyst-containing layer. A mask was formed.
[0217] <細胞培養用パターニング基板の作成方法 > [0217] <Method of Making Patterning Substrate for Cell Culture>
(細胞接着阻害層の形成)  (Formation of cell adhesion inhibition layer)
オルガノシラン TSL-8114 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 5. Og、フルォロアルキルシラン TSL- 8233 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 1. 5g、 0. 005N塩酸 2. 36gを混合し、 24時間 攪拌した。この溶液をイソプロピルアルコールで 100倍希釈の上、スピンコーティング 法により予めアルカリ処理をした石英基板に塗布し、その基板を 150°Cの温度で 10 分間乾燥することにより、加水分解、重縮合反応を進行させ、膜厚 0. 2 ;z mの細胞接 着阻害層を有する基板を得た。  Organosilane TSL-8114 (GE Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) 5. Og, fluoroalkylsilane TSL-8233 (1.5 g, GE Toshiba Silicone Co., Ltd.) 1.5 g, and 0.005N hydrochloric acid 2.36 g were mixed and stirred for 24 hours. . This solution was diluted 100-fold with isopropyl alcohol, applied to a quartz substrate that had been alkali-treated in advance by spin coating, and dried at 150 ° C for 10 minutes to conduct hydrolysis and polycondensation reactions. By proceeding, a substrate having a cell adhesion inhibiting layer having a thickness of 0.2; zm was obtained.
[0218] (パターユング用基板のパターユング) [0218] (Putter Jung on Putter Jung Substrate)
この基板の細胞接着阻害層と前述の光触媒含有層を有するフォトマスクの光触媒含 有層とを対向させ、フォトマスク越しに水銀ランプにより 6jZcm2のエネルギー量で紫 外線露光を行い、未露光部が細胞接着阻害性を有し、露光部が細胞接着性を有す るようにパターン化された細胞接着性表面を有する細胞培養用パターニング基板を 得た。 The cell adhesion layer of the substrate and to face the photocatalyst-containing organic layer of photomask having a photocatalyst-containing layer described above, performs ultraviolet exposure energy amount of 6JZcm 2 by a mercury lamp through a photomask, unexposed portions A cell culture patterning substrate having a cell adhesion inhibitory property and having a cell adhesive surface patterned so that the exposed portion has the cell adhesive property was obtained.
[0219] (細胞の培養) 10%ゥシ胎児血清をカ卩えた DMEM培地中に上記細胞培養用パターユング基板を 浸漬し、初代人臍静脈細胞(HUVEC)を播種した。 37°C、 5%二酸化炭素環境下で 16時間培養し、細胞を細胞接着部に接着した。 [0219] (Culture of cells) The above-mentioned putter substrate for cell culture was immersed in DMEM medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, and primary human umbilical vein cells (HUVEC) were seeded. The cells were cultured at 37 ° C in a 5% carbon dioxide environment for 16 hours, and the cells were adhered to the cell adhesion part.
細胞培養基板に接着した細胞を観察したところ、細胞が細胞培養領域中全領域に 沿う方向に配向し、更に伸展形状を示す事を確認した。  When the cells adhered to the cell culture substrate were observed, it was confirmed that the cells were oriented in the direction along the entire region in the cell culture region and further exhibited an extended shape.
更に DMEM培地を、 bFGF (シグマ社) lOngZmlの濃度でカ卩えたものに交換、 37°C 、 5%二酸ィ匕炭素環境下で 24時間培養を継続し、細胞が連続したキヤビラリ組織を 形成した事を確認した。  Furthermore, the DMEM medium was exchanged for one that had been mashed at a concentration of bFGF (Sigma) lOngZml, and cultivation was continued at 37 ° C in a 5% diacid carbon environment for 24 hours to form a continuous capillary tissue. I confirmed that I did.
[0220] [比較例 1] [0220] [Comparative Example 1]
フォトマスクを 60 μ m/300 μ mのライン &スペースのみで開口部と遮光部との境界 部に凹凸を持たないものとした以外は、実施例 1と同様に細胞の培養を行ったところ 、細胞播種後 16時間での、基板に対する細胞の接着は実施例 1よりも少ないことを確 認した。培養を 24時間後まで行ったところ、基板に接着した細胞数は増えたが、細胞 の配向,進展形状の度合いは実施例 1よりも劣る事を確認した。  Cell culture was performed in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the photomask was only 60 μm / 300 μm lines and spaces and had no irregularities at the boundary between the opening and the light-shielding portion. It was confirmed that the adhesion of the cells to the substrate 16 hours after seeding of the cells was smaller than that in Example 1. When the culture was performed for up to 24 hours, it was confirmed that the number of cells adhered to the substrate increased, but the degree of cell orientation and growth shape was inferior to Example 1.
更に DMEM培地に実施例 1と同様に bFGFをカ卩え、細胞の組織ィ匕を行ったところ、 細胞のキヤビラリ形成は行われたが、実施例 1と比較し、キヤビラリの長さは短ぐ組織 形成が不完全である事を確認した。  Furthermore, when bFGF was added to DMEM medium as in Example 1 and the cells were organized, the cells formed kyaryari, but the length of the kyaryri was shorter than that in Example 1. It was confirmed that the tissue formation was incomplete.
[0221] [実施例 2] [0221] [Example 2]
開ロ咅^の幅カ 190 111、遮光咅の幅力 500 /ζ πιの、 190 m/500 /ζ mのライン &スペースを有し、上記開口部内には、幅 60 mごとに 5 mの遮光部が形成され ているフォトマスクを作製して用いた以外は、実施例 1と同様に細胞の培養を行った。 細胞の播種 16時間後に細胞の形態を観察したところ、細胞培養領域の全ての細胞 について、細胞の配向,伸展が観察された。  It has 190 m / 500 / ζm line & space with opening width 190 111, light shielding width 500 / ζ πι, and 5 m every 60 m in the above opening. Cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a photomask having a light-shielding portion was prepared and used. The cell morphology was observed 16 hours after the seeding of the cells, and the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all cells in the cell culture area.
[0222] [比較例 2] [0222] [Comparative Example 2]
190 μ m/500 μ mのライン &スペースのフォトマスクを用いた以外は、実施例 2と 同様に細胞の培養を行った。この場合、細胞の播種 24時間後でも、細胞接着部中 央付近の細胞は基板に接着するものの、配向や伸展はしな ヽ事が確認された。  The cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 2 except that a 190 μm / 500 μm line & space photomask was used. In this case, even after 24 hours of seeding of the cells, it was confirmed that the cells near the center of the cell adhesion portion adhered to the substrate, but did not undergo orientation or extension.
[0223] [実施例 3] (光触媒含有細胞接着層の形成) [Example 3] (Formation of photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion layer)
イソプロピルアルコール 3g、オルガノシラン TSL8114 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 0. 4 g、 N— (2—アミノエチル)—3—ァミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン(Huels America社製) 0. 04g、および光触媒無機コーティング剤 ST - KOI (石原産業社製) 1. 5gを混合し、 攪拌しながら 20分間、 100°Cで加温した。  3 g of isopropyl alcohol, 0.4 g of organosilane TSL8114 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone), 0.04 g of N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Huels America), and photocatalytic inorganic coating 1.5 g of ST-KOI (Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd.) was mixed and heated at 100 ° C. for 20 minutes with stirring.
この溶液をスピンコーティング法により予めアルカリ処理を施した石英ガラス基板に 塗布し、その基板を温度 150°Cで 10分間乾燥させて、加水分解および重縮合反応 を進行させ、光触媒がオルガノポリシロキサン中に強度に固定された膜厚 0. 2 mの 、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により細胞接着性から細胞接着阻害性に変化 する光触媒含有細胞接着層を有するパターニング用基板を形成した。  This solution is applied to a quartz glass substrate that has been previously alkali-treated by spin coating, and the substrate is dried at 150 ° C for 10 minutes to allow hydrolysis and polycondensation reactions to proceed. A patterning substrate having a photocatalyst-containing cell-adhesive layer having a thickness of 0.2 m and a cell-adhesive layer that changes from cell-adhesive to cell-adhesive-inhibiting by the action of photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation was formed.
[0224] (パターニング用基板のパターニング) [0224] (Patterning of patterning substrate)
このパター-ング用基板に、開口部の幅が 60 μ m、遮光部の幅が 300 μ mの、 60 μ m/300 μ mのライン &スペースを有し、その開口部と遮光部との境界が 1 μ m角 の凹凸を有するように形成されたフォトマスクを用いて水銀ランプ (波長 365nm)によ り 300mWZcm2の照度で 900秒間紫外線露光を行 、、未露光部が細胞接着性を 有し、露光部が細胞接着阻害性を有するようにパターン化された細胞接着性表面を 有する細胞培養用パターユング基板を得た。 This patterning substrate has a line and space of 60 μm / 300 μm with an opening width of 60 μm and a light shielding portion of 300 μm. Using a photomask formed so that the boundaries have irregularities of 1 μm square, UV exposure was performed with a mercury lamp (wavelength 365 nm) at an illuminance of 300 mWZcm 2 for 900 seconds, and the unexposed areas showed cell adhesion. Thus, a puttering substrate for cell culture having a cell-adhesive surface patterned so that exposed portions have cell-adhesion inhibiting properties was obtained.
[0225] (細胞の培養) [0225] (Culture of cells)
実施例 1と同様に細胞を培養し、細胞の播種 16時間後に細胞の形態を観察したと ころ、細胞培養領域の全ての細胞について、細胞の配向、伸展が観察された。  The cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.
[0226] [実施例 4] [Example 4]
(光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層の形成)  (Formation of photocatalyst-containing cell adhesion inhibition layer)
イソプロピルアルコール 3g、オルガノシラン TSL8114 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 0. 4g、フルォロアルキルシラン TSL8233 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 0. 04g、光触媒無 機コーティング剤 ST—K01 (石原産業社製) 1. 5gを混合し、攪拌しながら 20分間、 1 00°Cで加温した。  Isopropyl alcohol 3g, organosilane TSL8114 (GE Toshiba Silicone) 0.4g, fluoroalkylsilane TSL8233 (GE Toshiba Silicone) 0.04g, photocatalyst organic coating agent ST-K01 (Ishihara Sangyo) 1 .5 g were mixed and heated at 100 ° C. for 20 minutes with stirring.
[0227] この溶液をスピンコーティング法により予めアルカリ処理を施した石英ガラス基板に 塗布し、その基板を温度 150°Cで 10分間乾燥させて、加水分解および重縮合反応 を進行させ、光触媒がオルガノポリシロキサン中に強度に固定された膜厚 0. 2 mの 、エネルギー照射に伴う光触媒の作用により細胞接着阻害性から細胞接着性に変化 する光触媒含有細胞接着阻害層を有するパターニング用基板を形成した。 [0227] This solution was applied to a quartz glass substrate which had been previously subjected to an alkali treatment by a spin coating method, and the substrate was dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 10 minutes to perform a hydrolysis and polycondensation reaction. A 0.2 m-thick photocatalyst-containing cell-adhesion-inhibiting layer, which changes from cell-adhesion-inhibiting to cell-adhesive by the action of photocatalyst accompanying energy irradiation, has a photocatalyst firmly fixed in the organopolysiloxane. Having a patterning substrate.
[0228] (パターニング用基板のパターニング) [0228] (Patterning of Patterning Substrate)
上記パターユング用基板に実施例 3と同様に紫外線照射を行い、未露光部が細胞 接着阻害部、露光部が細胞接着部となるパターンを有する細胞培養用パターニング 基板を得た。  The above-mentioned substrate for puttering was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the same manner as in Example 3 to obtain a patterned substrate for cell culture having a pattern in which the unexposed portion was a cell adhesion inhibiting portion and the exposed portion was a cell adhesion portion.
[0229] (細胞の培養) [0229] (Culture of cells)
実施例 1と同様に細胞を培養し、細胞の播種 16時間後に細胞の形態を観察したと ころ、細胞培養領域の全ての細胞について、細胞の配向、伸展が観察された。  The cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.
[0230] [実施例 5] [0230] [Example 5]
(光触媒含有層の形成)  (Formation of photocatalyst containing layer)
イソプロピルアルコール 3g、オルガノシラン TSL8114 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 0. 4g、および光触媒無機コーティング剤 ST— KOI (石原産業) 1. 5gを混合し、攪拌し ながら 20分間、 100°Cで加温した。  3 g of isopropyl alcohol, 0.4 g of organosilane TSL8114 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicones) and 1.5 g of photocatalytic inorganic coating agent ST-KOI (Ishihara Sangyo) were mixed and heated at 100 ° C for 20 minutes with stirring. .
この溶液をスピンコーティング法により予めアルカリ処理を施した石英ガラス基板に 塗布し、その基板を 150°Cの温度で 10分間乾燥することにより、加水分解、重縮合 反応を進行させ、光触媒がオルガノポリシロキサン中に強固に固定された膜厚 0. 2 IX mの光触媒含有層を基板上に形成した。  This solution is applied to a quartz glass substrate that has been preliminarily alkali-treated by spin coating, and the substrate is dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 10 minutes to allow hydrolysis and polycondensation reactions to proceed. A photocatalyst-containing layer having a thickness of 0.2 IX m firmly fixed in siloxane was formed on the substrate.
[0231] (細胞接着層の形成) [0231] (Formation of Cell Adhesive Layer)
フイブロネクチン F— 4759 (シグマ) 0. 2mgと、純水 200mlとを混合し、この水溶液 を上記光触媒含有層を設けた基板の光触媒含有層に対し、基板面積 lcm2当たり3 00 1の比率で滴下し、これを 4°C下で 24時間静置した。更に基板を PBSにて 2回 洗浄の上、窒素ガスにさらし乾燥する事により、基板上に光触媒含有層と細胞接着 層を有するパターユング用基板を得た。 Fibronectin F- 4759 and (Sigma) 0. 2 mg, was mixed with purified water 200 ml, the solution to the photocatalyst-containing layer of the substrate provided with the photocatalyst-containing layer, dropwise at a ratio of substrate area lcm 2 per 3 00 1 Then, this was allowed to stand at 4 ° C. for 24 hours. Further, the substrate was washed twice with PBS, exposed to nitrogen gas and dried to obtain a substrate for a pattern having a photocatalyst-containing layer and a cell adhesion layer on the substrate.
[0232] (パターニング用基板のパターニング) [0232] (Patterning of patterning substrate)
上記パターユング用基板に実施例 3と同様に紫外線照射を行い、未露光部が細胞 接着部、露光部が細胞接着阻害部となるパターンを有する細胞培養用パターニング 基板を得た。 The above-mentioned patterning substrate is irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the same manner as in Example 3, and the unexposed portion has a pattern in which a cell adhesion portion and the exposed portion has a pattern in which a cell adhesion inhibition portion is formed. A substrate was obtained.
[0233] (細胞の培養)  [0233] (Culture of cells)
実施例 1と同様に細胞を培養し、細胞の播種 16時間後に細胞の形態を観察したと ころ、細胞培養領域の全ての細胞について、細胞の配向、伸展が観察された。  The cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.
[0234] [実施例 6] [Example 6]
(光触媒含有層の形成)  (Formation of photocatalyst containing layer)
イソプロピルアルコール 3g、オルガノシラン TSL8114 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 0. 4 g、および光触媒無機コーティング剤 ST— KOI (石原産業) 1. 5gを混合し、攪拌しな 力 Sら 20分間、 100°Cで加温した。  Mix 3 g of isopropyl alcohol, 0.4 g of organosilane TSL8114 (GE Toshiba Silicone), and 1.5 g of photocatalytic inorganic coating agent ST-KOI (Ishihara Sangyo), and stir without force. Heated.
この溶液をスピンコーティング法により予めアルカリ処理を施した石英ガラス基板に 塗布し、その基板を 150°Cの温度で 10分間乾燥することにより、加水分解、重縮合 反応を進行させ、光触媒がオルガノポリシロキサン中に強固に固定された膜厚 0. 2 IX mの光触媒含有層を基板上に形成した。  This solution is applied to a quartz glass substrate that has been preliminarily alkali-treated by spin coating, and the substrate is dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 10 minutes to allow hydrolysis and polycondensation reactions to proceed. A photocatalyst-containing layer having a thickness of 0.2 IX m firmly fixed in siloxane was formed on the substrate.
[0235] (細胞接着阻害層の形成) (Formation of Cell Adhesion Inhibiting Layer)
この基板にイソプロピルアルコール 5g、オルガノシラン TSL8114 (GE東芝シリコー ン社製) 0. 4g、およびフルォロアルキルシラン TSL8233 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 0 . 04gから成る溶液をスピンコーティングにより塗布し、その後基板を 150°Cで 10分 間乾燥することにより細胞接着阻害層を形成した。  A solution consisting of 5 g of isopropyl alcohol, 0.4 g of organosilane TSL8114 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone), and 0.04 g of fluoroalkylsilane TSL8233 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone) is applied to the substrate by spin coating, and then applied. The substrate was dried at 150 ° C for 10 minutes to form a cell adhesion inhibition layer.
[0236] (パターニング用基板のパターニング) [0236] (Patterning of Patterning Substrate)
上記パターユング用基板に実施例 3と同様に紫外線照射を行い、未露光部が細胞 接着阻害部、露光部が細胞接着部となるパターンを有する細胞培養用パターニング 基板を得た。  The above-mentioned substrate for puttering was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the same manner as in Example 3 to obtain a patterned substrate for cell culture having a pattern in which the unexposed portion was a cell adhesion inhibiting portion and the exposed portion was a cell adhesion portion.
[0237] (細胞の培養) [0237] (Culture of cells)
実施例 1と同様に細胞を培養し、細胞の播種 16時間後に細胞の形態を観察したと ころ、細胞培養領域の全ての細胞について、細胞の配向、伸展が観察された。  The cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.
[0238] [実施例 7] [Example 7]
(細胞接着層の形成)  (Formation of cell adhesion layer)
イソプロピルアルコール 3g、オルガノシラン TSL8114 (GE東芝シリコーン社製) 0. 4g、およびァミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン 0. 4gを混合し、攪拌しながら 20分間、 10 0°Cで加温した。この溶液をスピンコーティング法により予めアルカリ処理を施した石 英ガラス基板に塗布し、その基板を 150°Cの温度で 10分間乾燥することにより、加水 分解、重縮合反応を進行させ、膜厚が約 80nmの、アミノ基を含むオルガノポリシロキ サン層を基板上に形成し、ノターニング用基板とした。 3 g of isopropyl alcohol, organosilane TSL8114 (GE Toshiba Silicone) 0. 4 g and 0.4 g of aminopropyltriethoxysilane were mixed and heated at 100 ° C. for 20 minutes with stirring. This solution is applied to a pre-alkali glass substrate by a spin coating method, and the substrate is dried at a temperature of 150 ° C for 10 minutes. An amino group-containing organopolysiloxane layer having a thickness of about 80 nm was formed on the substrate to provide a substrate for notching.
[0239] (パターニング用基板のパターニング)  [0239] (Patterning of Patterning Substrate)
上記パターユング用基板に実施例 1と同様に紫外線照射を行い、未露光部が細胞 接着部、露光部が細胞接着阻害部となるパターンを有する細胞培養用パターニング 基板を得た。  The substrate for puttering was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a patterned substrate for cell culture having a pattern in which the unexposed portion became a cell adhesion portion and the exposed portion became a cell adhesion inhibition portion.
[0240] (細胞の培養)  [0240] (Culture of cells)
実施例 1と同様に細胞を培養し、細胞の播種 16時間後に細胞の形態を観察したと ころ、細胞培養領域の全ての細胞について、細胞の配向、伸展が観察された。  The cells were cultured in the same manner as in Example 1, and the morphology of the cells was observed 16 hours after seeding of the cells. As a result, the orientation and extension of the cells were observed for all the cells in the cell culture region.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 基材と、前記基材上に形成され、細胞を培養する領域であり、かつ細胞と接着性を 有する細胞接着層を含有する細胞培養領域とを有する細胞培養用パターニング基 板であって、  [1] A cell culture patterning substrate having a substrate and a cell culture region formed on the substrate and for culturing cells and containing a cell adhesion layer having adhesive properties to cells. hand,
前記細胞培養領域は、前記細胞接着層が形成された細胞接着部と、パターン状に 形成され、かつ細胞と接着することを阻害する細胞接着補助部とを有し、前記細胞接 着補助部は、前記細胞接着部に細胞を付着させた際、前記細胞接着補助部に隣接 する 2つの前記細胞接着部上の細胞どうしが、前記細胞接着補助部上で結合し得る ように形成されて ヽることを特徴とする細胞培養用パターユング基板。  The cell culture region includes a cell adhesion portion on which the cell adhesion layer is formed, and a cell adhesion auxiliary portion formed in a pattern and inhibiting adhesion to cells, wherein the cell adhesion auxiliary portion is When a cell is attached to the cell adhesion part, the cells on the two cell adhesion parts adjacent to the cell adhesion part are formed so as to be able to be bonded on the cell adhesion part. A putter-jung substrate for cell culture, comprising:
[2] 前記細胞接着補助部が、前記細胞培養領域内でライン状に形成されて ヽることを 特徴とする請求項 1に記載の細胞培養用パターユング基板。 [2] The puttering substrate for cell culture according to claim 1, wherein the cell adhesion auxiliary part is formed in a line shape in the cell culture region.
[3] 前記細胞接着補助部と前記細胞接着部との境界が凹凸を有するパターン状に形 成されていることを特徴とすることを特徴とする請求項 1または請求項 2に記載の細胞 培養用パターユング基板。 [3] The cell culture according to [1] or [2], wherein a boundary between the cell adhesion auxiliary part and the cell adhesion part is formed in a pattern having irregularities. For putter jung board.
[4] 基材と、前記基材上に形成され、細胞を培養する領域であり、かつ細胞と接着性を 有する細胞接着層を含有する細胞培養領域とを有する細胞培養用パターニング基 板であって、 [4] A cell culture patterning substrate having a substrate and a cell culture region formed on the substrate and culturing cells and containing a cell adhesion layer having adhesive properties to cells. hand,
前記細胞接着層は、端部が凹凸を有するパターン状に形成されていることを特徴と する細胞培養用パターニング基板。  A patterning substrate for cell culture, wherein the cell adhesion layer is formed in a pattern having an end with irregularities.
[5] 前記凹凸の凹部端から凸部端までの距離が、前記細胞接着層上に細胞を付着さ せた際、細胞が直線的に整列する大きさであることを特徴とする請求項 4に記載の細 胞培養用パターユング基板。 [5] The distance between the concave end and the convex end of the unevenness is such that the cells are linearly aligned when the cells are adhered on the cell adhesive layer. The putter-jung substrate for cell culture according to claim 1.
[6] 前記凹凸の凹部端力も凸部端までの距離の平均が 0. 5 m— 30 mの範囲内で あることを特徴とする請求項 4または請求項 5に記載の細胞培養用パターユング基板 [6] The pattern jungle for cell culture according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the concave-to-concave edge force of the irregularities has an average distance to the convex portion end in a range of 0.5 m to 30 m. Substrate
PCT/JP2005/002608 2004-02-19 2005-02-18 Patterning substrate for cell culture WO2005080547A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/589,376 US20070148762A1 (en) 2004-02-19 2005-02-18 Cell culture patterning substrate

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004-043387 2004-02-19
JP2004043387A JP4589012B2 (en) 2004-02-19 2004-02-19 Patterning substrate for cell culture

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005080547A1 true WO2005080547A1 (en) 2005-09-01

Family

ID=34879303

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2005/002608 WO2005080547A1 (en) 2004-02-19 2005-02-18 Patterning substrate for cell culture

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4589012B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20080096714A (en)
WO (1) WO2005080547A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102203239B (en) * 2008-10-23 2015-04-15 原子能及替代能源委员会 Methods and device to constrain multicellular arrangements in stable, stationary and reproducible spatial configuration
WO2021024943A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 積水化学工業株式会社 Scaffold material for cell culture and cell culture container
CN115322987A (en) * 2022-06-22 2022-11-11 浙江大学 Construction method of two-dimensional cell patterning

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100734584B1 (en) 2006-07-28 2007-07-03 한국생명공학연구원 Stamp for cell dissociation, method for cell dissociation using the same, and apparatus for manual/automatical cell dissociation using the same
JP5905194B2 (en) * 2010-11-18 2016-04-20 大日本印刷株式会社 Filamentous floating cell patterning substrate
KR101240348B1 (en) 2011-04-12 2013-03-07 한국산업기술대학교산학협력단 Dynamic Cell Culture System Using Well-Plate
KR101431914B1 (en) 2012-12-20 2014-08-22 경북대학교 산학협력단 Microplates for cell culture and cell culture container comprising the same
JP6060790B2 (en) * 2013-04-17 2017-01-18 大日本印刷株式会社 Method for producing substrate for cell culture
EP3085768A4 (en) 2013-12-18 2017-08-09 Japan Science And Technology Agency Structure for animal cell, method for separating animal cell, and method for adjusting elasticity of surface of structure for animal cell
JP6326915B2 (en) * 2014-04-01 2018-05-23 大日本印刷株式会社 Cell culture substrate
KR102622156B1 (en) 2020-12-10 2024-01-09 고려대학교 산학협력단 Extracellualr matrix (ECM) micropatterns to control cell polarity

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH037576A (en) * 1989-06-03 1991-01-14 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Orientation controlling tool for cell, production thereof and method for controlling orientation of cell
JPH04126074A (en) * 1990-09-14 1992-04-27 Bio Material Kenkyusho:Kk Substrate for culture of tissue cell
JPH0775547A (en) * 1993-09-07 1995-03-20 Bio Material Kenkyusho:Kk Culture substrate
JP2003009860A (en) * 2001-06-27 2003-01-14 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Compartmented culture substrate and dna chip using the same
JP2003325163A (en) * 2002-03-07 2003-11-18 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Film for culturing cell, method for producing the same, method for culturing cell thereof and method for bioassay thereof

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5776748A (en) * 1993-10-04 1998-07-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Method of formation of microstamped patterns on plates for adhesion of cells and other biological materials, devices and uses therefor

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH037576A (en) * 1989-06-03 1991-01-14 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Orientation controlling tool for cell, production thereof and method for controlling orientation of cell
JPH04126074A (en) * 1990-09-14 1992-04-27 Bio Material Kenkyusho:Kk Substrate for culture of tissue cell
JPH0775547A (en) * 1993-09-07 1995-03-20 Bio Material Kenkyusho:Kk Culture substrate
JP2003009860A (en) * 2001-06-27 2003-01-14 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Compartmented culture substrate and dna chip using the same
JP2003325163A (en) * 2002-03-07 2003-11-18 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Film for culturing cell, method for producing the same, method for culturing cell thereof and method for bioassay thereof

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102203239B (en) * 2008-10-23 2015-04-15 原子能及替代能源委员会 Methods and device to constrain multicellular arrangements in stable, stationary and reproducible spatial configuration
WO2021024943A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 積水化学工業株式会社 Scaffold material for cell culture and cell culture container
CN113924356A (en) * 2019-08-02 2022-01-11 积水化学工业株式会社 Scaffold material for cell culture and vessel for cell culture
CN115322987A (en) * 2022-06-22 2022-11-11 浙江大学 Construction method of two-dimensional cell patterning
CN115322987B (en) * 2022-06-22 2024-03-01 浙江大学 Construction method of two-dimensional cell patterning

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP4589012B2 (en) 2010-12-01
KR20070006781A (en) 2007-01-11
KR100886291B1 (en) 2009-03-04
JP2005229914A (en) 2005-09-02
KR20080096714A (en) 2008-10-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4699361B2 (en) Patterning substrate for cell culture and method for producing the same
WO2005080547A1 (en) Patterning substrate for cell culture
WO2005093039A1 (en) Process for producing cell culture substrate and apparatus for producing cell culture substrate
US20060019390A1 (en) Patterning substrate and cell culture substrate
JP4765934B2 (en) Patterning substrate for vascular cell culture
US20080213857A1 (en) Patterning substrate and cell culture substrate
JP2005261432A (en) Method for producing cell culture basis
JP4858166B2 (en) Patterning substrate for vascular cell culture
JP4401153B2 (en) Patterning substrate and cell culture substrate
JP4303643B2 (en) Artificial tissue body and method for producing the same
JP4554913B2 (en) Patterning substrate and cell culture substrate
JP4201182B2 (en) Cell culture substrate and method for producing the same
US20070148762A1 (en) Cell culture patterning substrate
JP4862261B2 (en) Patterning substrate and cell culture substrate
JP4742599B2 (en) Patterning substrate and cell culture substrate
JP4992950B2 (en) Artificial tissue
JP4742598B2 (en) Patterning substrate and cell culture substrate
JP4826092B2 (en) Patterning substrate and cell culture substrate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007148762

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 10589376

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020067019153

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020067019153

Country of ref document: KR

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 10589376

Country of ref document: US